]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blob - ld/ldlang.c
Rename lang_output_section_statement to lang_os_list
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / ld / ldlang.c
1 /* Linker command language support.
2 Copyright (C) 1991-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This file is part of the GNU Binutils.
5
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
10
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
15
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
20
21 #include "sysdep.h"
22 #include "bfd.h"
23 #include "libiberty.h"
24 #include "filenames.h"
25 #include "safe-ctype.h"
26 #include "obstack.h"
27 #include "bfdlink.h"
28
29 #include "ld.h"
30 #include "ldmain.h"
31 #include "ldexp.h"
32 #include "ldlang.h"
33 #include <ldgram.h>
34 #include "ldlex.h"
35 #include "ldmisc.h"
36 #include "ldctor.h"
37 #include "ldfile.h"
38 #include "ldemul.h"
39 #include "fnmatch.h"
40 #include "demangle.h"
41 #include "hashtab.h"
42 #include "elf-bfd.h"
43 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
44 #include "plugin.h"
45 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
46
47 #ifndef offsetof
48 #define offsetof(TYPE, MEMBER) ((size_t) & (((TYPE*) 0)->MEMBER))
49 #endif
50
51 /* Convert between addresses in bytes and sizes in octets.
52 For currently supported targets, octets_per_byte is always a power
53 of two, so we can use shifts. */
54 #define TO_ADDR(X) ((X) >> opb_shift)
55 #define TO_SIZE(X) ((X) << opb_shift)
56
57 /* Local variables. */
58 static struct obstack stat_obstack;
59 static struct obstack map_obstack;
60
61 #define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
62 #define obstack_chunk_free free
63 static const char *entry_symbol_default = "start";
64 static bfd_boolean map_head_is_link_order = FALSE;
65 static lang_output_section_statement_type *default_common_section;
66 static bfd_boolean map_option_f;
67 static bfd_vma print_dot;
68 static lang_input_statement_type *first_file;
69 static const char *current_target;
70 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to any files involved in the
71 link, either specified from the command-line or added implicitely (eg.
72 archive member used to resolved undefined symbol, wildcard statement from
73 linker script, etc.). Next pointer is in next field of a
74 lang_statement_header_type (reached via header field in a
75 lang_statement_union). */
76 static lang_statement_list_type statement_list;
77 static lang_statement_list_type *stat_save[10];
78 static lang_statement_list_type **stat_save_ptr = &stat_save[0];
79 static struct unique_sections *unique_section_list;
80 static struct asneeded_minfo *asneeded_list_head;
81 static unsigned int opb_shift = 0;
82
83 /* Forward declarations. */
84 static void exp_init_os (etree_type *);
85 static lang_input_statement_type *lookup_name (const char *);
86 static void insert_undefined (const char *);
87 static bfd_boolean sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
88 static void print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *,
89 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
90 static void print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *,
91 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
92 static void print_statements (void);
93 static void print_input_section (asection *, bfd_boolean);
94 static bfd_boolean lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
95 static void lang_record_phdrs (void);
96 static void lang_do_version_exports_section (void);
97 static void lang_finalize_version_expr_head
98 (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *);
99 static void lang_do_memory_regions (void);
100
101 /* Exported variables. */
102 const char *output_target;
103 lang_output_section_statement_type *abs_output_section;
104 lang_statement_list_type lang_os_list;
105 lang_statement_list_type *stat_ptr = &statement_list;
106 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to files used in the final
107 executable. This can be either object file specified on the command-line
108 or library member resolving an undefined reference. Next pointer is in next
109 field of a lang_input_statement_type (reached via input_statement field in a
110 lang_statement_union). */
111 lang_statement_list_type file_chain = { NULL, NULL };
112 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to files specified on the
113 command-line for linking. It thus contains real object files and archive
114 but not archive members. Next pointer is in next_real_file field of a
115 lang_input_statement_type statement (reached via input_statement field in a
116 lang_statement_union). */
117 lang_statement_list_type input_file_chain;
118 struct bfd_sym_chain entry_symbol = { NULL, NULL };
119 const char *entry_section = ".text";
120 struct lang_input_statement_flags input_flags;
121 bfd_boolean entry_from_cmdline;
122 bfd_boolean undef_from_cmdline;
123 bfd_boolean lang_has_input_file = FALSE;
124 bfd_boolean had_output_filename = FALSE;
125 bfd_boolean lang_float_flag = FALSE;
126 bfd_boolean delete_output_file_on_failure = FALSE;
127 struct lang_phdr *lang_phdr_list;
128 struct lang_nocrossrefs *nocrossref_list;
129 struct asneeded_minfo **asneeded_list_tail;
130
131 /* Functions that traverse the linker script and might evaluate
132 DEFINED() need to increment this at the start of the traversal. */
133 int lang_statement_iteration = 0;
134
135 /* Return TRUE if the PATTERN argument is a wildcard pattern.
136 Although backslashes are treated specially if a pattern contains
137 wildcards, we do not consider the mere presence of a backslash to
138 be enough to cause the pattern to be treated as a wildcard.
139 That lets us handle DOS filenames more naturally. */
140 #define wildcardp(pattern) (strpbrk ((pattern), "?*[") != NULL)
141
142 #define new_stat(x, y) \
143 (x##_type *) new_statement (x##_enum, sizeof (x##_type), y)
144
145 #define outside_section_address(q) \
146 ((q)->output_offset + (q)->output_section->vma)
147
148 #define outside_symbol_address(q) \
149 ((q)->value + outside_section_address (q->section))
150
151 #define SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH (16)
152
153 void *
154 stat_alloc (size_t size)
155 {
156 return obstack_alloc (&stat_obstack, size);
157 }
158
159 static int
160 name_match (const char *pattern, const char *name)
161 {
162 if (wildcardp (pattern))
163 return fnmatch (pattern, name, 0);
164 return strcmp (pattern, name);
165 }
166
167 /* If PATTERN is of the form archive:file, return a pointer to the
168 separator. If not, return NULL. */
169
170 static char *
171 archive_path (const char *pattern)
172 {
173 char *p = NULL;
174
175 if (link_info.path_separator == 0)
176 return p;
177
178 p = strchr (pattern, link_info.path_separator);
179 #ifdef HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
180 if (p == NULL || link_info.path_separator != ':')
181 return p;
182
183 /* Assume a match on the second char is part of drive specifier,
184 as in "c:\silly.dos". */
185 if (p == pattern + 1 && ISALPHA (*pattern))
186 p = strchr (p + 1, link_info.path_separator);
187 #endif
188 return p;
189 }
190
191 /* Given that FILE_SPEC results in a non-NULL SEP result from archive_path,
192 return whether F matches FILE_SPEC. */
193
194 static bfd_boolean
195 input_statement_is_archive_path (const char *file_spec, char *sep,
196 lang_input_statement_type *f)
197 {
198 bfd_boolean match = FALSE;
199
200 if ((*(sep + 1) == 0
201 || name_match (sep + 1, f->filename) == 0)
202 && ((sep != file_spec)
203 == (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)))
204 {
205 match = TRUE;
206
207 if (sep != file_spec)
208 {
209 const char *aname = f->the_bfd->my_archive->filename;
210 *sep = 0;
211 match = name_match (file_spec, aname) == 0;
212 *sep = link_info.path_separator;
213 }
214 }
215 return match;
216 }
217
218 static bfd_boolean
219 unique_section_p (const asection *sec,
220 const lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
221 {
222 struct unique_sections *unam;
223 const char *secnam;
224
225 if (!link_info.resolve_section_groups
226 && sec->owner != NULL
227 && bfd_is_group_section (sec->owner, sec))
228 return !(os != NULL
229 && strcmp (os->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0);
230
231 secnam = sec->name;
232 for (unam = unique_section_list; unam; unam = unam->next)
233 if (name_match (unam->name, secnam) == 0)
234 return TRUE;
235
236 return FALSE;
237 }
238
239 /* Generic traversal routines for finding matching sections. */
240
241 /* Return true if FILE matches a pattern in EXCLUDE_LIST, otherwise return
242 false. */
243
244 static bfd_boolean
245 walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (struct name_list *exclude_list,
246 lang_input_statement_type *file)
247 {
248 struct name_list *list_tmp;
249
250 for (list_tmp = exclude_list;
251 list_tmp;
252 list_tmp = list_tmp->next)
253 {
254 char *p = archive_path (list_tmp->name);
255
256 if (p != NULL)
257 {
258 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (list_tmp->name, p, file))
259 return TRUE;
260 }
261
262 else if (name_match (list_tmp->name, file->filename) == 0)
263 return TRUE;
264
265 /* FIXME: Perhaps remove the following at some stage? Matching
266 unadorned archives like this was never documented and has
267 been superceded by the archive:path syntax. */
268 else if (file->the_bfd != NULL
269 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL
270 && name_match (list_tmp->name,
271 file->the_bfd->my_archive->filename) == 0)
272 return TRUE;
273 }
274
275 return FALSE;
276 }
277
278 /* Try processing a section against a wildcard. This just calls
279 the callback unless the filename exclusion list is present
280 and excludes the file. It's hardly ever present so this
281 function is very fast. */
282
283 static void
284 walk_wild_consider_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
285 lang_input_statement_type *file,
286 asection *s,
287 struct wildcard_list *sec,
288 callback_t callback,
289 void *data)
290 {
291 /* Don't process sections from files which were excluded. */
292 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (sec->spec.exclude_name_list, file))
293 return;
294
295 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
296 }
297
298 /* Lowest common denominator routine that can handle everything correctly,
299 but slowly. */
300
301 static void
302 walk_wild_section_general (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
303 lang_input_statement_type *file,
304 callback_t callback,
305 void *data)
306 {
307 asection *s;
308 struct wildcard_list *sec;
309
310 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
311 {
312 sec = ptr->section_list;
313 if (sec == NULL)
314 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
315
316 while (sec != NULL)
317 {
318 bfd_boolean skip = FALSE;
319
320 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
321 {
322 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
323
324 skip = name_match (sec->spec.name, sname) != 0;
325 }
326
327 if (!skip)
328 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec, callback, data);
329
330 sec = sec->next;
331 }
332 }
333 }
334
335 /* Routines to find a single section given its name. If there's more
336 than one section with that name, we report that. */
337
338 typedef struct
339 {
340 asection *found_section;
341 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
342 } section_iterator_callback_data;
343
344 static bfd_boolean
345 section_iterator_callback (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *s, void *data)
346 {
347 section_iterator_callback_data *d = (section_iterator_callback_data *) data;
348
349 if (d->found_section != NULL)
350 {
351 d->multiple_sections_found = TRUE;
352 return TRUE;
353 }
354
355 d->found_section = s;
356 return FALSE;
357 }
358
359 static asection *
360 find_section (lang_input_statement_type *file,
361 struct wildcard_list *sec,
362 bfd_boolean *multiple_sections_found)
363 {
364 section_iterator_callback_data cb_data = { NULL, FALSE };
365
366 bfd_get_section_by_name_if (file->the_bfd, sec->spec.name,
367 section_iterator_callback, &cb_data);
368 *multiple_sections_found = cb_data.multiple_sections_found;
369 return cb_data.found_section;
370 }
371
372 /* Code for handling simple wildcards without going through fnmatch,
373 which can be expensive because of charset translations etc. */
374
375 /* A simple wild is a literal string followed by a single '*',
376 where the literal part is at least 4 characters long. */
377
378 static bfd_boolean
379 is_simple_wild (const char *name)
380 {
381 size_t len = strcspn (name, "*?[");
382 return len >= 4 && name[len] == '*' && name[len + 1] == '\0';
383 }
384
385 static bfd_boolean
386 match_simple_wild (const char *pattern, const char *name)
387 {
388 /* The first four characters of the pattern are guaranteed valid
389 non-wildcard characters. So we can go faster. */
390 if (pattern[0] != name[0] || pattern[1] != name[1]
391 || pattern[2] != name[2] || pattern[3] != name[3])
392 return FALSE;
393
394 pattern += 4;
395 name += 4;
396 while (*pattern != '*')
397 if (*name++ != *pattern++)
398 return FALSE;
399
400 return TRUE;
401 }
402
403 /* Return the numerical value of the init_priority attribute from
404 section name NAME. */
405
406 static unsigned long
407 get_init_priority (const char *name)
408 {
409 char *end;
410 unsigned long init_priority;
411
412 /* GCC uses the following section names for the init_priority
413 attribute with numerical values 101 and 65535 inclusive. A
414 lower value means a higher priority.
415
416 1: .init_array.NNNN/.fini_array.NNNN: Where NNNN is the
417 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
418 The order of execution in .init_array is forward and
419 .fini_array is backward.
420 2: .ctors.NNNN/.dtors.NNNN: Where NNNN is 65535 minus the
421 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
422 The order of execution in .ctors is backward and .dtors
423 is forward.
424 */
425 if (strncmp (name, ".init_array.", 12) == 0
426 || strncmp (name, ".fini_array.", 12) == 0)
427 {
428 init_priority = strtoul (name + 12, &end, 10);
429 return *end ? 0 : init_priority;
430 }
431 else if (strncmp (name, ".ctors.", 7) == 0
432 || strncmp (name, ".dtors.", 7) == 0)
433 {
434 init_priority = strtoul (name + 7, &end, 10);
435 return *end ? 0 : 65535 - init_priority;
436 }
437
438 return 0;
439 }
440
441 /* Compare sections ASEC and BSEC according to SORT. */
442
443 static int
444 compare_section (sort_type sort, asection *asec, asection *bsec)
445 {
446 int ret;
447 unsigned long ainit_priority, binit_priority;
448
449 switch (sort)
450 {
451 default:
452 abort ();
453
454 case by_init_priority:
455 ainit_priority
456 = get_init_priority (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec));
457 binit_priority
458 = get_init_priority (bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
459 if (ainit_priority == 0 || binit_priority == 0)
460 goto sort_by_name;
461 ret = ainit_priority - binit_priority;
462 if (ret)
463 break;
464 else
465 goto sort_by_name;
466
467 case by_alignment_name:
468 ret = (bfd_section_alignment (bsec->owner, bsec)
469 - bfd_section_alignment (asec->owner, asec));
470 if (ret)
471 break;
472 /* Fall through. */
473
474 case by_name:
475 sort_by_name:
476 ret = strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec),
477 bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
478 break;
479
480 case by_name_alignment:
481 ret = strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec),
482 bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
483 if (ret)
484 break;
485 /* Fall through. */
486
487 case by_alignment:
488 ret = (bfd_section_alignment (bsec->owner, bsec)
489 - bfd_section_alignment (asec->owner, asec));
490 break;
491 }
492
493 return ret;
494 }
495
496 /* Build a Binary Search Tree to sort sections, unlike insertion sort
497 used in wild_sort(). BST is considerably faster if the number of
498 of sections are large. */
499
500 static lang_section_bst_type **
501 wild_sort_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
502 struct wildcard_list *sec,
503 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
504 asection *section)
505 {
506 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
507
508 tree = &wild->tree;
509 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
510 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
511 {
512 /* Append at the right end of tree. */
513 while (*tree)
514 tree = &((*tree)->right);
515 return tree;
516 }
517
518 while (*tree)
519 {
520 /* Find the correct node to append this section. */
521 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, (*tree)->section) < 0)
522 tree = &((*tree)->left);
523 else
524 tree = &((*tree)->right);
525 }
526
527 return tree;
528 }
529
530 /* Use wild_sort_fast to build a BST to sort sections. */
531
532 static void
533 output_section_callback_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
534 struct wildcard_list *sec,
535 asection *section,
536 struct flag_info *sflag_list ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
537 lang_input_statement_type *file,
538 void *output)
539 {
540 lang_section_bst_type *node;
541 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
542 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
543
544 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
545
546 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
547 return;
548
549 node = (lang_section_bst_type *) xmalloc (sizeof (lang_section_bst_type));
550 node->left = 0;
551 node->right = 0;
552 node->section = section;
553
554 tree = wild_sort_fast (ptr, sec, file, section);
555 if (tree != NULL)
556 *tree = node;
557 }
558
559 /* Convert a sorted sections' BST back to list form. */
560
561 static void
562 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
563 lang_section_bst_type *tree,
564 void *output)
565 {
566 if (tree->left)
567 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->left, output);
568
569 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, tree->section, NULL,
570 (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output);
571
572 if (tree->right)
573 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->right, output);
574
575 free (tree);
576 }
577
578 /* Specialized, optimized routines for handling different kinds of
579 wildcards */
580
581 static void
582 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
583 lang_input_statement_type *file,
584 callback_t callback,
585 void *data)
586 {
587 /* We can just do a hash lookup for the section with the right name.
588 But if that lookup discovers more than one section with the name
589 (should be rare), we fall back to the general algorithm because
590 we would otherwise have to sort the sections to make sure they
591 get processed in the bfd's order. */
592 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
593 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
594 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
595
596 if (multiple_sections_found)
597 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
598 else if (s0)
599 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s0, sec0, callback, data);
600 }
601
602 static void
603 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
604 lang_input_statement_type *file,
605 callback_t callback,
606 void *data)
607 {
608 asection *s;
609 struct wildcard_list *wildsec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
610
611 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
612 {
613 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
614 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec0->spec.name, sname);
615
616 if (!skip)
617 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec0, callback, data);
618 }
619 }
620
621 static void
622 walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
623 lang_input_statement_type *file,
624 callback_t callback,
625 void *data)
626 {
627 asection *s;
628 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
629 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
630 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
631 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
632
633 if (multiple_sections_found)
634 {
635 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
636 return;
637 }
638
639 /* Note that if the section was not found, s0 is NULL and
640 we'll simply never succeed the s == s0 test below. */
641 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
642 {
643 /* Recall that in this code path, a section cannot satisfy more
644 than one spec, so if s == s0 then it cannot match
645 wildspec1. */
646 if (s == s0)
647 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
648 else
649 {
650 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
651 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
652
653 if (!skip)
654 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback,
655 data);
656 }
657 }
658 }
659
660 static void
661 walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
662 lang_input_statement_type *file,
663 callback_t callback,
664 void *data)
665 {
666 asection *s;
667 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
668 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
669 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
670 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
671 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
672
673 if (multiple_sections_found)
674 {
675 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
676 return;
677 }
678
679 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
680 {
681 if (s == s0)
682 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
683 else
684 {
685 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
686 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
687
688 if (!skip)
689 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback, data);
690 else
691 {
692 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name, sname);
693 if (!skip)
694 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
695 data);
696 }
697 }
698 }
699 }
700
701 static void
702 walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
703 lang_input_statement_type *file,
704 callback_t callback,
705 void *data)
706 {
707 asection *s;
708 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
709 struct wildcard_list *sec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
710 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
711 struct wildcard_list *wildsec3 = ptr->handler_data[3];
712 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
713 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found), *s1;
714
715 if (multiple_sections_found)
716 {
717 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
718 return;
719 }
720
721 s1 = find_section (file, sec1, &multiple_sections_found);
722 if (multiple_sections_found)
723 {
724 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
725 return;
726 }
727
728 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
729 {
730 if (s == s0)
731 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
732 else
733 if (s == s1)
734 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec1, callback, data);
735 else
736 {
737 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
738 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name,
739 sname);
740
741 if (!skip)
742 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
743 data);
744 else
745 {
746 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec3->spec.name, sname);
747 if (!skip)
748 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec3,
749 callback, data);
750 }
751 }
752 }
753 }
754
755 static void
756 walk_wild_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
757 lang_input_statement_type *file,
758 callback_t callback,
759 void *data)
760 {
761 if (file->flags.just_syms)
762 return;
763
764 (*ptr->walk_wild_section_handler) (ptr, file, callback, data);
765 }
766
767 /* Returns TRUE when name1 is a wildcard spec that might match
768 something name2 can match. We're conservative: we return FALSE
769 only if the prefixes of name1 and name2 are different up to the
770 first wildcard character. */
771
772 static bfd_boolean
773 wild_spec_can_overlap (const char *name1, const char *name2)
774 {
775 size_t prefix1_len = strcspn (name1, "?*[");
776 size_t prefix2_len = strcspn (name2, "?*[");
777 size_t min_prefix_len;
778
779 /* Note that if there is no wildcard character, then we treat the
780 terminating 0 as part of the prefix. Thus ".text" won't match
781 ".text." or ".text.*", for example. */
782 if (name1[prefix1_len] == '\0')
783 prefix1_len++;
784 if (name2[prefix2_len] == '\0')
785 prefix2_len++;
786
787 min_prefix_len = prefix1_len < prefix2_len ? prefix1_len : prefix2_len;
788
789 return memcmp (name1, name2, min_prefix_len) == 0;
790 }
791
792 /* Select specialized code to handle various kinds of wildcard
793 statements. */
794
795 static void
796 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr)
797 {
798 int sec_count = 0;
799 int wild_name_count = 0;
800 struct wildcard_list *sec;
801 int signature;
802 int data_counter;
803
804 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_general;
805 ptr->handler_data[0] = NULL;
806 ptr->handler_data[1] = NULL;
807 ptr->handler_data[2] = NULL;
808 ptr->handler_data[3] = NULL;
809 ptr->tree = NULL;
810
811 /* Count how many wildcard_specs there are, and how many of those
812 actually use wildcards in the name. Also, bail out if any of the
813 wildcard names are NULL. (Can this actually happen?
814 walk_wild_section used to test for it.) And bail out if any
815 of the wildcards are more complex than a simple string
816 ending in a single '*'. */
817 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
818 {
819 ++sec_count;
820 if (sec->spec.name == NULL)
821 return;
822 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
823 {
824 ++wild_name_count;
825 if (!is_simple_wild (sec->spec.name))
826 return;
827 }
828 }
829
830 /* The zero-spec case would be easy to optimize but it doesn't
831 happen in practice. Likewise, more than 4 specs doesn't
832 happen in practice. */
833 if (sec_count == 0 || sec_count > 4)
834 return;
835
836 /* Check that no two specs can match the same section. */
837 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
838 {
839 struct wildcard_list *sec2;
840 for (sec2 = sec->next; sec2 != NULL; sec2 = sec2->next)
841 {
842 if (wild_spec_can_overlap (sec->spec.name, sec2->spec.name))
843 return;
844 }
845 }
846
847 signature = (sec_count << 8) + wild_name_count;
848 switch (signature)
849 {
850 case 0x0100:
851 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0;
852 break;
853 case 0x0101:
854 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1;
855 break;
856 case 0x0201:
857 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1;
858 break;
859 case 0x0302:
860 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2;
861 break;
862 case 0x0402:
863 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2;
864 break;
865 default:
866 return;
867 }
868
869 /* Now fill the data array with pointers to the specs, first the
870 specs with non-wildcard names, then the specs with wildcard
871 names. It's OK to process the specs in different order from the
872 given order, because we've already determined that no section
873 will match more than one spec. */
874 data_counter = 0;
875 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
876 if (!wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
877 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
878 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
879 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
880 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
881 }
882
883 /* Handle a wild statement for a single file F. */
884
885 static void
886 walk_wild_file (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
887 lang_input_statement_type *f,
888 callback_t callback,
889 void *data)
890 {
891 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (s->exclude_name_list, f))
892 return;
893
894 if (f->the_bfd == NULL
895 || !bfd_check_format (f->the_bfd, bfd_archive))
896 walk_wild_section (s, f, callback, data);
897 else
898 {
899 bfd *member;
900
901 /* This is an archive file. We must map each member of the
902 archive separately. */
903 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, NULL);
904 while (member != NULL)
905 {
906 /* When lookup_name is called, it will call the add_symbols
907 entry point for the archive. For each element of the
908 archive which is included, BFD will call ldlang_add_file,
909 which will set the usrdata field of the member to the
910 lang_input_statement. */
911 if (member->usrdata != NULL)
912 {
913 walk_wild_section (s,
914 (lang_input_statement_type *) member->usrdata,
915 callback, data);
916 }
917
918 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, member);
919 }
920 }
921 }
922
923 static void
924 walk_wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s, callback_t callback, void *data)
925 {
926 const char *file_spec = s->filename;
927 char *p;
928
929 if (file_spec == NULL)
930 {
931 /* Perform the iteration over all files in the list. */
932 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
933 {
934 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
935 }
936 }
937 else if ((p = archive_path (file_spec)) != NULL)
938 {
939 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
940 {
941 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (file_spec, p, f))
942 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
943 }
944 }
945 else if (wildcardp (file_spec))
946 {
947 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
948 {
949 if (fnmatch (file_spec, f->filename, 0) == 0)
950 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
951 }
952 }
953 else
954 {
955 lang_input_statement_type *f;
956
957 /* Perform the iteration over a single file. */
958 f = lookup_name (file_spec);
959 if (f)
960 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
961 }
962 }
963
964 /* lang_for_each_statement walks the parse tree and calls the provided
965 function for each node, except those inside output section statements
966 with constraint set to -1. */
967
968 void
969 lang_for_each_statement_worker (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *),
970 lang_statement_union_type *s)
971 {
972 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
973 {
974 func (s);
975
976 switch (s->header.type)
977 {
978 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
979 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, constructor_list.head);
980 break;
981 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
982 if (s->output_section_statement.constraint != -1)
983 lang_for_each_statement_worker
984 (func, s->output_section_statement.children.head);
985 break;
986 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
987 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
988 s->wild_statement.children.head);
989 break;
990 case lang_group_statement_enum:
991 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
992 s->group_statement.children.head);
993 break;
994 case lang_data_statement_enum:
995 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
996 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
997 case lang_output_statement_enum:
998 case lang_target_statement_enum:
999 case lang_input_section_enum:
1000 case lang_input_statement_enum:
1001 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1002 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1003 case lang_address_statement_enum:
1004 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1005 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1006 break;
1007 default:
1008 FAIL ();
1009 break;
1010 }
1011 }
1012 }
1013
1014 void
1015 lang_for_each_statement (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *))
1016 {
1017 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, statement_list.head);
1018 }
1019
1020 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1021
1022 void
1023 lang_list_init (lang_statement_list_type *list)
1024 {
1025 list->head = NULL;
1026 list->tail = &list->head;
1027 }
1028
1029 void
1030 push_stat_ptr (lang_statement_list_type *new_ptr)
1031 {
1032 if (stat_save_ptr >= stat_save + sizeof (stat_save) / sizeof (stat_save[0]))
1033 abort ();
1034 *stat_save_ptr++ = stat_ptr;
1035 stat_ptr = new_ptr;
1036 }
1037
1038 void
1039 pop_stat_ptr (void)
1040 {
1041 if (stat_save_ptr <= stat_save)
1042 abort ();
1043 stat_ptr = *--stat_save_ptr;
1044 }
1045
1046 /* Build a new statement node for the parse tree. */
1047
1048 static lang_statement_union_type *
1049 new_statement (enum statement_enum type,
1050 size_t size,
1051 lang_statement_list_type *list)
1052 {
1053 lang_statement_union_type *new_stmt;
1054
1055 new_stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) stat_alloc (size);
1056 new_stmt->header.type = type;
1057 new_stmt->header.next = NULL;
1058 lang_statement_append (list, new_stmt, &new_stmt->header.next);
1059 return new_stmt;
1060 }
1061
1062 /* Build a new input file node for the language. There are several
1063 ways in which we treat an input file, eg, we only look at symbols,
1064 or prefix it with a -l etc.
1065
1066 We can be supplied with requests for input files more than once;
1067 they may, for example be split over several lines like foo.o(.text)
1068 foo.o(.data) etc, so when asked for a file we check that we haven't
1069 got it already so we don't duplicate the bfd. */
1070
1071 static lang_input_statement_type *
1072 new_afile (const char *name,
1073 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1074 const char *target,
1075 bfd_boolean add_to_list)
1076 {
1077 lang_input_statement_type *p;
1078
1079 lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
1080
1081 if (add_to_list)
1082 p = (lang_input_statement_type *) new_stat (lang_input_statement, stat_ptr);
1083 else
1084 {
1085 p = (lang_input_statement_type *)
1086 stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_input_statement_type));
1087 p->header.type = lang_input_statement_enum;
1088 p->header.next = NULL;
1089 }
1090
1091 memset (&p->the_bfd, 0,
1092 sizeof (*p) - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, the_bfd));
1093 p->target = target;
1094 p->flags.dynamic = input_flags.dynamic;
1095 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
1096 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
1097 p->flags.whole_archive = input_flags.whole_archive;
1098 p->flags.sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1099
1100 switch (file_type)
1101 {
1102 case lang_input_file_is_symbols_only_enum:
1103 p->filename = name;
1104 p->local_sym_name = name;
1105 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1106 p->flags.just_syms = TRUE;
1107 break;
1108 case lang_input_file_is_fake_enum:
1109 p->filename = name;
1110 p->local_sym_name = name;
1111 break;
1112 case lang_input_file_is_l_enum:
1113 if (name[0] == ':' && name[1] != '\0')
1114 {
1115 p->filename = name + 1;
1116 p->flags.full_name_provided = TRUE;
1117 }
1118 else
1119 p->filename = name;
1120 p->local_sym_name = concat ("-l", name, (const char *) NULL);
1121 p->flags.maybe_archive = TRUE;
1122 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1123 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1124 break;
1125 case lang_input_file_is_marker_enum:
1126 p->filename = name;
1127 p->local_sym_name = name;
1128 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1129 break;
1130 case lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum:
1131 p->filename = name;
1132 p->local_sym_name = name;
1133 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1134 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1135 break;
1136 case lang_input_file_is_file_enum:
1137 p->filename = name;
1138 p->local_sym_name = name;
1139 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1140 break;
1141 default:
1142 FAIL ();
1143 }
1144
1145 lang_statement_append (&input_file_chain,
1146 (lang_statement_union_type *) p,
1147 &p->next_real_file);
1148 return p;
1149 }
1150
1151 lang_input_statement_type *
1152 lang_add_input_file (const char *name,
1153 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1154 const char *target)
1155 {
1156 if (name != NULL
1157 && (*name == '=' || CONST_STRNEQ (name, "$SYSROOT")))
1158 {
1159 lang_input_statement_type *ret;
1160 char *sysrooted_name
1161 = concat (ld_sysroot,
1162 name + (*name == '=' ? 1 : strlen ("$SYSROOT")),
1163 (const char *) NULL);
1164
1165 /* We've now forcibly prepended the sysroot, making the input
1166 file independent of the context. Therefore, temporarily
1167 force a non-sysrooted context for this statement, so it won't
1168 get the sysroot prepended again when opened. (N.B. if it's a
1169 script, any child nodes with input files starting with "/"
1170 will be handled as "sysrooted" as they'll be found to be
1171 within the sysroot subdirectory.) */
1172 unsigned int outer_sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1173 input_flags.sysrooted = 0;
1174 ret = new_afile (sysrooted_name, file_type, target, TRUE);
1175 input_flags.sysrooted = outer_sysrooted;
1176 return ret;
1177 }
1178
1179 return new_afile (name, file_type, target, TRUE);
1180 }
1181
1182 struct out_section_hash_entry
1183 {
1184 struct bfd_hash_entry root;
1185 lang_statement_union_type s;
1186 };
1187
1188 /* The hash table. */
1189
1190 static struct bfd_hash_table output_section_statement_table;
1191
1192 /* Support routines for the hash table used by lang_output_section_find,
1193 initialize the table, fill in an entry and remove the table. */
1194
1195 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
1196 output_section_statement_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1197 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
1198 const char *string)
1199 {
1200 lang_output_section_statement_type **nextp;
1201 struct out_section_hash_entry *ret;
1202
1203 if (entry == NULL)
1204 {
1205 entry = (struct bfd_hash_entry *) bfd_hash_allocate (table,
1206 sizeof (*ret));
1207 if (entry == NULL)
1208 return entry;
1209 }
1210
1211 entry = bfd_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
1212 if (entry == NULL)
1213 return entry;
1214
1215 ret = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry;
1216 memset (&ret->s, 0, sizeof (ret->s));
1217 ret->s.header.type = lang_output_section_statement_enum;
1218 ret->s.output_section_statement.subsection_alignment = NULL;
1219 ret->s.output_section_statement.section_alignment = NULL;
1220 ret->s.output_section_statement.block_value = 1;
1221 lang_list_init (&ret->s.output_section_statement.children);
1222 lang_statement_append (stat_ptr, &ret->s, &ret->s.header.next);
1223
1224 /* For every output section statement added to the list, except the
1225 first one, lang_os_list.tail points to the "next"
1226 field of the last element of the list. */
1227 if (lang_os_list.head != NULL)
1228 ret->s.output_section_statement.prev
1229 = ((lang_output_section_statement_type *)
1230 ((char *) lang_os_list.tail
1231 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next)));
1232
1233 /* GCC's strict aliasing rules prevent us from just casting the
1234 address, so we store the pointer in a variable and cast that
1235 instead. */
1236 nextp = &ret->s.output_section_statement.next;
1237 lang_statement_append (&lang_os_list,
1238 &ret->s,
1239 (lang_statement_union_type **) nextp);
1240 return &ret->root;
1241 }
1242
1243 static void
1244 output_section_statement_table_init (void)
1245 {
1246 if (!bfd_hash_table_init_n (&output_section_statement_table,
1247 output_section_statement_newfunc,
1248 sizeof (struct out_section_hash_entry),
1249 61))
1250 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
1251 }
1252
1253 static void
1254 output_section_statement_table_free (void)
1255 {
1256 bfd_hash_table_free (&output_section_statement_table);
1257 }
1258
1259 /* Build enough state so that the parser can build its tree. */
1260
1261 void
1262 lang_init (void)
1263 {
1264 obstack_begin (&stat_obstack, 1000);
1265
1266 stat_ptr = &statement_list;
1267
1268 output_section_statement_table_init ();
1269
1270 lang_list_init (stat_ptr);
1271
1272 lang_list_init (&input_file_chain);
1273 lang_list_init (&lang_os_list);
1274 lang_list_init (&file_chain);
1275 first_file = lang_add_input_file (NULL, lang_input_file_is_marker_enum,
1276 NULL);
1277 abs_output_section =
1278 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (BFD_ABS_SECTION_NAME, 0, TRUE);
1279
1280 abs_output_section->bfd_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1281
1282 asneeded_list_head = NULL;
1283 asneeded_list_tail = &asneeded_list_head;
1284 }
1285
1286 void
1287 lang_finish (void)
1288 {
1289 output_section_statement_table_free ();
1290 }
1291
1292 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------
1293 A region is an area of memory declared with the
1294 MEMORY { name:org=exp, len=exp ... }
1295 syntax.
1296
1297 We maintain a list of all the regions here.
1298
1299 If no regions are specified in the script, then the default is used
1300 which is created when looked up to be the entire data space.
1301
1302 If create is true we are creating a region inside a MEMORY block.
1303 In this case it is probably an error to create a region that has
1304 already been created. If we are not inside a MEMORY block it is
1305 dubious to use an undeclared region name (except DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION)
1306 and so we issue a warning.
1307
1308 Each region has at least one name. The first name is either
1309 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION or the name given in the MEMORY block. You can add
1310 alias names to an existing region within a script with
1311 REGION_ALIAS (alias, region_name). Each name corresponds to at most one
1312 region. */
1313
1314 static lang_memory_region_type *lang_memory_region_list;
1315 static lang_memory_region_type **lang_memory_region_list_tail
1316 = &lang_memory_region_list;
1317
1318 lang_memory_region_type *
1319 lang_memory_region_lookup (const char *const name, bfd_boolean create)
1320 {
1321 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1322 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1323 lang_memory_region_type *new_region;
1324
1325 /* NAME is NULL for LMA memspecs if no region was specified. */
1326 if (name == NULL)
1327 return NULL;
1328
1329 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1330 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1331 if (strcmp (n->name, name) == 0)
1332 {
1333 if (create)
1334 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: redeclaration of memory region `%s'\n"),
1335 NULL, name);
1336 return r;
1337 }
1338
1339 if (!create && strcmp (name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION))
1340 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: memory region `%s' not declared\n"),
1341 NULL, name);
1342
1343 new_region = (lang_memory_region_type *)
1344 stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_type));
1345
1346 new_region->name_list.name = xstrdup (name);
1347 new_region->name_list.next = NULL;
1348 new_region->next = NULL;
1349 new_region->origin_exp = NULL;
1350 new_region->origin = 0;
1351 new_region->length_exp = NULL;
1352 new_region->length = ~(bfd_size_type) 0;
1353 new_region->current = 0;
1354 new_region->last_os = NULL;
1355 new_region->flags = 0;
1356 new_region->not_flags = 0;
1357 new_region->had_full_message = FALSE;
1358
1359 *lang_memory_region_list_tail = new_region;
1360 lang_memory_region_list_tail = &new_region->next;
1361
1362 return new_region;
1363 }
1364
1365 void
1366 lang_memory_region_alias (const char *alias, const char *region_name)
1367 {
1368 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1369 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1370 lang_memory_region_type *region;
1371
1372 /* The default region must be unique. This ensures that it is not necessary
1373 to iterate through the name list if someone wants the check if a region is
1374 the default memory region. */
1375 if (strcmp (region_name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
1376 || strcmp (alias, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
1377 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: alias for default memory region\n"), NULL);
1378
1379 /* Look for the target region and check if the alias is not already
1380 in use. */
1381 region = NULL;
1382 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1383 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1384 {
1385 if (region == NULL && strcmp (n->name, region_name) == 0)
1386 region = r;
1387 if (strcmp (n->name, alias) == 0)
1388 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: redefinition of memory region "
1389 "alias `%s'\n"),
1390 NULL, alias);
1391 }
1392
1393 /* Check if the target region exists. */
1394 if (region == NULL)
1395 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: memory region `%s' "
1396 "for alias `%s' does not exist\n"),
1397 NULL, region_name, alias);
1398
1399 /* Add alias to region name list. */
1400 n = (lang_memory_region_name *) stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_name));
1401 n->name = xstrdup (alias);
1402 n->next = region->name_list.next;
1403 region->name_list.next = n;
1404 }
1405
1406 static lang_memory_region_type *
1407 lang_memory_default (asection *section)
1408 {
1409 lang_memory_region_type *p;
1410
1411 flagword sec_flags = section->flags;
1412
1413 /* Override SEC_DATA to mean a writable section. */
1414 if ((sec_flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_READONLY | SEC_CODE)) == SEC_ALLOC)
1415 sec_flags |= SEC_DATA;
1416
1417 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
1418 {
1419 if ((p->flags & sec_flags) != 0
1420 && (p->not_flags & sec_flags) == 0)
1421 {
1422 return p;
1423 }
1424 }
1425 return lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
1426 }
1427
1428 /* Get the output section statement directly from the userdata. */
1429
1430 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1431 lang_output_section_get (const asection *output_section)
1432 {
1433 return get_userdata (output_section);
1434 }
1435
1436 /* Find or create an output_section_statement with the given NAME.
1437 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero match one with that constraint, otherwise
1438 match any non-negative constraint. If CREATE, always make a
1439 new output_section_statement for SPECIAL CONSTRAINT. */
1440
1441 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1442 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (const char *name,
1443 int constraint,
1444 bfd_boolean create)
1445 {
1446 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry;
1447
1448 entry = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1449 bfd_hash_lookup (&output_section_statement_table, name,
1450 create, FALSE));
1451 if (entry == NULL)
1452 {
1453 if (create)
1454 einfo (_("%F%P: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1455 return NULL;
1456 }
1457
1458 if (entry->s.output_section_statement.name != NULL)
1459 {
1460 /* We have a section of this name, but it might not have the correct
1461 constraint. */
1462 struct out_section_hash_entry *last_ent;
1463
1464 name = entry->s.output_section_statement.name;
1465 if (create && constraint == SPECIAL)
1466 /* Not traversing to the end reverses the order of the second
1467 and subsequent SPECIAL sections in the hash table chain,
1468 but that shouldn't matter. */
1469 last_ent = entry;
1470 else
1471 do
1472 {
1473 if (constraint == entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1474 || (constraint == 0
1475 && entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint >= 0))
1476 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1477 last_ent = entry;
1478 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1479 }
1480 while (entry != NULL
1481 && name == entry->s.output_section_statement.name);
1482
1483 if (!create)
1484 return NULL;
1485
1486 entry
1487 = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1488 output_section_statement_newfunc (NULL,
1489 &output_section_statement_table,
1490 name));
1491 if (entry == NULL)
1492 {
1493 einfo (_("%F%P: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1494 return NULL;
1495 }
1496 entry->root = last_ent->root;
1497 last_ent->root.next = &entry->root;
1498 }
1499
1500 entry->s.output_section_statement.name = name;
1501 entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint = constraint;
1502 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1503 }
1504
1505 /* Find the next output_section_statement with the same name as OS.
1506 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero, find one with that constraint otherwise
1507 match any non-negative constraint. */
1508
1509 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1510 next_matching_output_section_statement (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
1511 int constraint)
1512 {
1513 /* All output_section_statements are actually part of a
1514 struct out_section_hash_entry. */
1515 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1516 ((char *) os
1517 - offsetof (struct out_section_hash_entry, s.output_section_statement));
1518 const char *name = os->name;
1519
1520 ASSERT (name == entry->root.string);
1521 do
1522 {
1523 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1524 if (entry == NULL
1525 || name != entry->s.output_section_statement.name)
1526 return NULL;
1527 }
1528 while (constraint != entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1529 && (constraint != 0
1530 || entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint < 0));
1531
1532 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1533 }
1534
1535 /* A variant of lang_output_section_find used by place_orphan.
1536 Returns the output statement that should precede a new output
1537 statement for SEC. If an exact match is found on certain flags,
1538 sets *EXACT too. */
1539
1540 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1541 lang_output_section_find_by_flags (const asection *sec,
1542 flagword sec_flags,
1543 lang_output_section_statement_type **exact,
1544 lang_match_sec_type_func match_type)
1545 {
1546 lang_output_section_statement_type *first, *look, *found;
1547 flagword look_flags, differ;
1548
1549 /* We know the first statement on this list is *ABS*. May as well
1550 skip it. */
1551 first = &lang_os_list.head->output_section_statement;
1552 first = first->next;
1553
1554 /* First try for an exact match. */
1555 found = NULL;
1556 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1557 {
1558 look_flags = look->flags;
1559 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1560 {
1561 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1562 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1563 look->bfd_section,
1564 sec->owner, sec))
1565 continue;
1566 }
1567 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1568 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
1569 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1570 found = look;
1571 }
1572 if (found != NULL)
1573 {
1574 if (exact != NULL)
1575 *exact = found;
1576 return found;
1577 }
1578
1579 if ((sec_flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
1580 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1581 {
1582 /* Try for a rw code section. */
1583 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1584 {
1585 look_flags = look->flags;
1586 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1587 {
1588 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1589 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1590 look->bfd_section,
1591 sec->owner, sec))
1592 continue;
1593 }
1594 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1595 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1596 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1597 found = look;
1598 }
1599 }
1600 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
1601 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1602 {
1603 /* .rodata can go after .text, .sdata2 after .rodata. */
1604 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1605 {
1606 look_flags = look->flags;
1607 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1608 {
1609 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1610 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1611 look->bfd_section,
1612 sec->owner, sec))
1613 continue;
1614 }
1615 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1616 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1617 | SEC_READONLY | SEC_SMALL_DATA))
1618 || (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1619 | SEC_READONLY))
1620 && !(look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)))
1621 found = look;
1622 }
1623 }
1624 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
1625 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1626 {
1627 /* .tdata can go after .data, .tbss after .tdata. Treat .tbss
1628 as if it were a loaded section, and don't use match_type. */
1629 bfd_boolean seen_thread_local = FALSE;
1630
1631 match_type = NULL;
1632 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1633 {
1634 look_flags = look->flags;
1635 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1636 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1637
1638 differ = look_flags ^ (sec_flags | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
1639 if (!(differ & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_ALLOC)))
1640 {
1641 /* .tdata and .tbss must be adjacent and in that order. */
1642 if (!(look_flags & SEC_LOAD)
1643 && (sec_flags & SEC_LOAD))
1644 /* ..so if we're at a .tbss section and we're placing
1645 a .tdata section stop looking and return the
1646 previous section. */
1647 break;
1648 found = look;
1649 seen_thread_local = TRUE;
1650 }
1651 else if (seen_thread_local)
1652 break;
1653 else if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
1654 found = look;
1655 }
1656 }
1657 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA) != 0
1658 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1659 {
1660 /* .sdata goes after .data, .sbss after .sdata. */
1661 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1662 {
1663 look_flags = look->flags;
1664 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1665 {
1666 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1667 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1668 look->bfd_section,
1669 sec->owner, sec))
1670 continue;
1671 }
1672 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1673 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1674 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))
1675 || ((look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)
1676 && !(sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)))
1677 found = look;
1678 }
1679 }
1680 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
1681 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1682 {
1683 /* .data goes after .rodata. */
1684 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1685 {
1686 look_flags = look->flags;
1687 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1688 {
1689 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1690 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1691 look->bfd_section,
1692 sec->owner, sec))
1693 continue;
1694 }
1695 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1696 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1697 | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1698 found = look;
1699 }
1700 }
1701 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1702 {
1703 /* .bss goes after any other alloc section. */
1704 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1705 {
1706 look_flags = look->flags;
1707 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1708 {
1709 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1710 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1711 look->bfd_section,
1712 sec->owner, sec))
1713 continue;
1714 }
1715 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1716 if (!(differ & SEC_ALLOC))
1717 found = look;
1718 }
1719 }
1720 else
1721 {
1722 /* non-alloc go last. */
1723 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1724 {
1725 look_flags = look->flags;
1726 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1727 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1728 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1729 if (!(differ & SEC_DEBUGGING))
1730 found = look;
1731 }
1732 return found;
1733 }
1734
1735 if (found || !match_type)
1736 return found;
1737
1738 return lang_output_section_find_by_flags (sec, sec_flags, NULL, NULL);
1739 }
1740
1741 /* Find the last output section before given output statement.
1742 Used by place_orphan. */
1743
1744 static asection *
1745 output_prev_sec_find (lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
1746 {
1747 lang_output_section_statement_type *lookup;
1748
1749 for (lookup = os->prev; lookup != NULL; lookup = lookup->prev)
1750 {
1751 if (lookup->constraint < 0)
1752 continue;
1753
1754 if (lookup->bfd_section != NULL && lookup->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
1755 return lookup->bfd_section;
1756 }
1757
1758 return NULL;
1759 }
1760
1761 /* Look for a suitable place for a new output section statement. The
1762 idea is to skip over anything that might be inside a SECTIONS {}
1763 statement in a script, before we find another output section
1764 statement. Assignments to "dot" before an output section statement
1765 are assumed to belong to it, except in two cases; The first
1766 assignment to dot, and assignments before non-alloc sections.
1767 Otherwise we might put an orphan before . = . + SIZEOF_HEADERS or
1768 similar assignments that set the initial address, or we might
1769 insert non-alloc note sections among assignments setting end of
1770 image symbols. */
1771
1772 static lang_statement_union_type **
1773 insert_os_after (lang_output_section_statement_type *after)
1774 {
1775 lang_statement_union_type **where;
1776 lang_statement_union_type **assign = NULL;
1777 bfd_boolean ignore_first;
1778
1779 ignore_first = after == &lang_os_list.head->output_section_statement;
1780
1781 for (where = &after->header.next;
1782 *where != NULL;
1783 where = &(*where)->header.next)
1784 {
1785 switch ((*where)->header.type)
1786 {
1787 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1788 if (assign == NULL)
1789 {
1790 lang_assignment_statement_type *ass;
1791
1792 ass = &(*where)->assignment_statement;
1793 if (ass->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert
1794 && ass->exp->assign.dst[0] == '.'
1795 && ass->exp->assign.dst[1] == 0)
1796 {
1797 if (!ignore_first)
1798 assign = where;
1799 ignore_first = FALSE;
1800 }
1801 }
1802 continue;
1803 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
1804 case lang_input_section_enum:
1805 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
1806 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1807 case lang_data_statement_enum:
1808 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
1809 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1810 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
1811 assign = NULL;
1812 ignore_first = FALSE;
1813 continue;
1814 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
1815 if (assign != NULL)
1816 {
1817 asection *s = (*where)->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
1818
1819 if (s == NULL
1820 || s->map_head.s == NULL
1821 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1822 where = assign;
1823 }
1824 break;
1825 case lang_input_statement_enum:
1826 case lang_address_statement_enum:
1827 case lang_target_statement_enum:
1828 case lang_output_statement_enum:
1829 case lang_group_statement_enum:
1830 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1831 continue;
1832 }
1833 break;
1834 }
1835
1836 return where;
1837 }
1838
1839 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1840 lang_insert_orphan (asection *s,
1841 const char *secname,
1842 int constraint,
1843 lang_output_section_statement_type *after,
1844 struct orphan_save *place,
1845 etree_type *address,
1846 lang_statement_list_type *add_child)
1847 {
1848 lang_statement_list_type add;
1849 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
1850 lang_output_section_statement_type **os_tail;
1851
1852 /* If we have found an appropriate place for the output section
1853 statements for this orphan, add them to our own private list,
1854 inserting them later into the global statement list. */
1855 if (after != NULL)
1856 {
1857 lang_list_init (&add);
1858 push_stat_ptr (&add);
1859 }
1860
1861 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
1862 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0)
1863 address = exp_intop (0);
1864
1865 os_tail = (lang_output_section_statement_type **) lang_os_list.tail;
1866 os = lang_enter_output_section_statement (secname, address, normal_section,
1867 NULL, NULL, NULL, constraint, 0);
1868
1869 if (add_child == NULL)
1870 add_child = &os->children;
1871 lang_add_section (add_child, s, NULL, os);
1872
1873 if (after && (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) != 0)
1874 {
1875 const char *region = (after->region
1876 ? after->region->name_list.name
1877 : DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION);
1878 const char *lma_region = (after->lma_region
1879 ? after->lma_region->name_list.name
1880 : NULL);
1881 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, region, after->phdrs,
1882 lma_region);
1883 }
1884 else
1885 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, NULL,
1886 NULL);
1887
1888 /* Restore the global list pointer. */
1889 if (after != NULL)
1890 pop_stat_ptr ();
1891
1892 if (after != NULL && os->bfd_section != NULL)
1893 {
1894 asection *snew, *as;
1895 bfd_boolean place_after = place->stmt == NULL;
1896 bfd_boolean insert_after = TRUE;
1897
1898 snew = os->bfd_section;
1899
1900 /* Shuffle the bfd section list to make the output file look
1901 neater. This is really only cosmetic. */
1902 if (place->section == NULL
1903 && after != &lang_os_list.head->output_section_statement)
1904 {
1905 asection *bfd_section = after->bfd_section;
1906
1907 /* If the output statement hasn't been used to place any input
1908 sections (and thus doesn't have an output bfd_section),
1909 look for the closest prior output statement having an
1910 output section. */
1911 if (bfd_section == NULL)
1912 bfd_section = output_prev_sec_find (after);
1913
1914 if (bfd_section != NULL && bfd_section != snew)
1915 place->section = &bfd_section->next;
1916 }
1917
1918 if (place->section == NULL)
1919 place->section = &link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1920
1921 as = *place->section;
1922
1923 if (!as)
1924 {
1925 /* Put the section at the end of the list. */
1926
1927 /* Unlink the section. */
1928 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1929
1930 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
1931 bfd_section_list_append (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1932 }
1933 else if ((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
1934 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1935 && (bfd_get_flavour (s->owner)
1936 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1937 && ((elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE
1938 && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1939 || (elf_section_type (as) == SHT_NOTE
1940 && (as->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)))
1941 {
1942 /* Make sure that output note sections are grouped and sorted
1943 by alignments when inserting a note section or insert a
1944 section after a note section, */
1945 asection *sec;
1946 /* A specific section after which the output note section
1947 should be placed. */
1948 asection *after_sec;
1949 /* True if we need to insert the orphan section after a
1950 specific section to maintain output note section order. */
1951 bfd_boolean after_sec_note = FALSE;
1952
1953 static asection *first_orphan_note = NULL;
1954
1955 /* Group and sort output note section by alignments in
1956 ascending order. */
1957 after_sec = NULL;
1958 if (elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE
1959 && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1960 {
1961 /* Search from the beginning for the last output note
1962 section with equal or larger alignments. NB: Don't
1963 place orphan note section after non-note sections. */
1964
1965 first_orphan_note = NULL;
1966 for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1967 (sec != NULL
1968 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec));
1969 sec = sec->next)
1970 if (sec != snew
1971 && elf_section_type (sec) == SHT_NOTE
1972 && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1973 {
1974 if (!first_orphan_note)
1975 first_orphan_note = sec;
1976 if (sec->alignment_power >= s->alignment_power)
1977 after_sec = sec;
1978 }
1979 else if (first_orphan_note)
1980 {
1981 /* Stop if there is non-note section after the first
1982 orphan note section. */
1983 break;
1984 }
1985
1986 /* If this will be the first orphan note section, it can
1987 be placed at the default location. */
1988 after_sec_note = first_orphan_note != NULL;
1989 if (after_sec == NULL && after_sec_note)
1990 {
1991 /* If all output note sections have smaller
1992 alignments, place the section before all
1993 output orphan note sections. */
1994 after_sec = first_orphan_note;
1995 insert_after = FALSE;
1996 }
1997 }
1998 else if (first_orphan_note)
1999 {
2000 /* Don't place non-note sections in the middle of orphan
2001 note sections. */
2002 after_sec_note = TRUE;
2003 after_sec = as;
2004 for (sec = as->next;
2005 (sec != NULL
2006 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec));
2007 sec = sec->next)
2008 if (elf_section_type (sec) == SHT_NOTE
2009 && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
2010 after_sec = sec;
2011 }
2012
2013 if (after_sec_note)
2014 {
2015 if (after_sec)
2016 {
2017 /* Search forward to insert OS after AFTER_SEC output
2018 statement. */
2019 lang_output_section_statement_type *stmt, *next;
2020 bfd_boolean found = FALSE;
2021 for (stmt = after; stmt != NULL; stmt = next)
2022 {
2023 next = stmt->next;
2024 if (insert_after)
2025 {
2026 if (stmt->bfd_section == after_sec)
2027 {
2028 place_after = TRUE;
2029 found = TRUE;
2030 after = stmt;
2031 break;
2032 }
2033 }
2034 else
2035 {
2036 /* If INSERT_AFTER is FALSE, place OS before
2037 AFTER_SEC output statement. */
2038 if (next && next->bfd_section == after_sec)
2039 {
2040 place_after = TRUE;
2041 found = TRUE;
2042 after = stmt;
2043 break;
2044 }
2045 }
2046 }
2047
2048 /* Search backward to insert OS after AFTER_SEC output
2049 statement. */
2050 if (!found)
2051 for (stmt = after; stmt != NULL; stmt = stmt->prev)
2052 {
2053 if (insert_after)
2054 {
2055 if (stmt->bfd_section == after_sec)
2056 {
2057 place_after = TRUE;
2058 after = stmt;
2059 break;
2060 }
2061 }
2062 else
2063 {
2064 /* If INSERT_AFTER is FALSE, place OS before
2065 AFTER_SEC output statement. */
2066 if (stmt->next->bfd_section == after_sec)
2067 {
2068 place_after = TRUE;
2069 after = stmt;
2070 break;
2071 }
2072 }
2073 }
2074 }
2075
2076 if (after_sec == NULL
2077 || (insert_after && after_sec->next != snew)
2078 || (!insert_after && after_sec->prev != snew))
2079 {
2080 /* Unlink the section. */
2081 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2082
2083 /* Place SNEW after AFTER_SEC. If AFTER_SEC is NULL,
2084 prepend SNEW. */
2085 if (after_sec)
2086 {
2087 if (insert_after)
2088 bfd_section_list_insert_after (link_info.output_bfd,
2089 after_sec, snew);
2090 else
2091 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd,
2092 after_sec, snew);
2093 }
2094 else
2095 bfd_section_list_prepend (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2096 }
2097 }
2098 else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
2099 {
2100 /* Unlink the section. */
2101 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2102
2103 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
2104 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd,
2105 as, snew);
2106 }
2107 }
2108 else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
2109 {
2110 /* Unlink the section. */
2111 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2112
2113 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
2114 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd, as, snew);
2115 }
2116
2117 /* Save the end of this list. Further ophans of this type will
2118 follow the one we've just added. */
2119 place->section = &snew->next;
2120
2121 /* The following is non-cosmetic. We try to put the output
2122 statements in some sort of reasonable order here, because they
2123 determine the final load addresses of the orphan sections.
2124 In addition, placing output statements in the wrong order may
2125 require extra segments. For instance, given a typical
2126 situation of all read-only sections placed in one segment and
2127 following that a segment containing all the read-write
2128 sections, we wouldn't want to place an orphan read/write
2129 section before or amongst the read-only ones. */
2130 if (add.head != NULL)
2131 {
2132 lang_output_section_statement_type *newly_added_os;
2133
2134 /* Place OS after AFTER if AFTER_NOTE is TRUE. */
2135 if (place_after)
2136 {
2137 lang_statement_union_type **where = insert_os_after (after);
2138
2139 *add.tail = *where;
2140 *where = add.head;
2141
2142 place->os_tail = &after->next;
2143 }
2144 else
2145 {
2146 /* Put it after the last orphan statement we added. */
2147 *add.tail = *place->stmt;
2148 *place->stmt = add.head;
2149 }
2150
2151 /* Fix the global list pointer if we happened to tack our
2152 new list at the tail. */
2153 if (*stat_ptr->tail == add.head)
2154 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
2155
2156 /* Save the end of this list. */
2157 place->stmt = add.tail;
2158
2159 /* Do the same for the list of output section statements. */
2160 newly_added_os = *os_tail;
2161 *os_tail = NULL;
2162 newly_added_os->prev = (lang_output_section_statement_type *)
2163 ((char *) place->os_tail
2164 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next));
2165 newly_added_os->next = *place->os_tail;
2166 if (newly_added_os->next != NULL)
2167 newly_added_os->next->prev = newly_added_os;
2168 *place->os_tail = newly_added_os;
2169 place->os_tail = &newly_added_os->next;
2170
2171 /* Fixing the global list pointer here is a little different.
2172 We added to the list in lang_enter_output_section_statement,
2173 trimmed off the new output_section_statment above when
2174 assigning *os_tail = NULL, but possibly added it back in
2175 the same place when assigning *place->os_tail. */
2176 if (*os_tail == NULL)
2177 lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) os_tail;
2178 }
2179 }
2180 return os;
2181 }
2182
2183 static void
2184 lang_print_asneeded (void)
2185 {
2186 struct asneeded_minfo *m;
2187
2188 if (asneeded_list_head == NULL)
2189 return;
2190
2191 minfo (_("\nAs-needed library included to satisfy reference by file (symbol)\n\n"));
2192
2193 for (m = asneeded_list_head; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2194 {
2195 size_t len;
2196
2197 minfo ("%s", m->soname);
2198 len = strlen (m->soname);
2199
2200 if (len >= 29)
2201 {
2202 print_nl ();
2203 len = 0;
2204 }
2205 while (len < 30)
2206 {
2207 print_space ();
2208 ++len;
2209 }
2210
2211 if (m->ref != NULL)
2212 minfo ("%pB ", m->ref);
2213 minfo ("(%pT)\n", m->name);
2214 }
2215 }
2216
2217 static void
2218 lang_map_flags (flagword flag)
2219 {
2220 if (flag & SEC_ALLOC)
2221 minfo ("a");
2222
2223 if (flag & SEC_CODE)
2224 minfo ("x");
2225
2226 if (flag & SEC_READONLY)
2227 minfo ("r");
2228
2229 if (flag & SEC_DATA)
2230 minfo ("w");
2231
2232 if (flag & SEC_LOAD)
2233 minfo ("l");
2234 }
2235
2236 void
2237 lang_map (void)
2238 {
2239 lang_memory_region_type *m;
2240 bfd_boolean dis_header_printed = FALSE;
2241
2242 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
2243 {
2244 asection *s;
2245
2246 if ((file->the_bfd->flags & (BFD_LINKER_CREATED | DYNAMIC)) != 0
2247 || file->flags.just_syms)
2248 continue;
2249
2250 if (config.print_map_discarded)
2251 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
2252 if ((s->output_section == NULL
2253 || s->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd)
2254 && (s->flags & (SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_KEEP)) == 0)
2255 {
2256 if (! dis_header_printed)
2257 {
2258 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nDiscarded input sections\n\n"));
2259 dis_header_printed = TRUE;
2260 }
2261
2262 print_input_section (s, TRUE);
2263 }
2264 }
2265
2266 minfo (_("\nMemory Configuration\n\n"));
2267 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s %-18s %-18s %s\n",
2268 _("Name"), _("Origin"), _("Length"), _("Attributes"));
2269
2270 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2271 {
2272 char buf[100];
2273 int len;
2274
2275 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s ", m->name_list.name);
2276
2277 sprintf_vma (buf, m->origin);
2278 minfo ("0x%s ", buf);
2279 len = strlen (buf);
2280 while (len < 16)
2281 {
2282 print_space ();
2283 ++len;
2284 }
2285
2286 minfo ("0x%V", m->length);
2287 if (m->flags || m->not_flags)
2288 {
2289 #ifndef BFD64
2290 minfo (" ");
2291 #endif
2292 if (m->flags)
2293 {
2294 print_space ();
2295 lang_map_flags (m->flags);
2296 }
2297
2298 if (m->not_flags)
2299 {
2300 minfo (" !");
2301 lang_map_flags (m->not_flags);
2302 }
2303 }
2304
2305 print_nl ();
2306 }
2307
2308 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nLinker script and memory map\n\n"));
2309
2310 if (!link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
2311 {
2312 obstack_begin (&map_obstack, 1000);
2313 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, sort_def_symbol, 0);
2314 }
2315 expld.phase = lang_fixed_phase_enum;
2316 lang_statement_iteration++;
2317 print_statements ();
2318
2319 ldemul_extra_map_file_text (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info,
2320 config.map_file);
2321 }
2322
2323 static bfd_boolean
2324 sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry,
2325 void *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2326 {
2327 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2328 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2329 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
2330 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != NULL)
2331 {
2332 input_section_userdata_type *ud;
2333 struct map_symbol_def *def;
2334
2335 ud = ((input_section_userdata_type *)
2336 get_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section));
2337 if (!ud)
2338 {
2339 ud = (input_section_userdata_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*ud));
2340 get_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section) = ud;
2341 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2342 ud->map_symbol_def_count = 0;
2343 }
2344 else if (!ud->map_symbol_def_tail)
2345 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2346
2347 def = (struct map_symbol_def *) obstack_alloc (&map_obstack, sizeof *def);
2348 def->entry = hash_entry;
2349 *(ud->map_symbol_def_tail) = def;
2350 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &def->next;
2351 ud->map_symbol_def_count++;
2352 }
2353 return TRUE;
2354 }
2355
2356 /* Initialize an output section. */
2357
2358 static void
2359 init_os (lang_output_section_statement_type *s, flagword flags)
2360 {
2361 if (strcmp (s->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2362 einfo (_("%F%P: illegal use of `%s' section\n"), DISCARD_SECTION_NAME);
2363
2364 if (s->constraint != SPECIAL)
2365 s->bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, s->name);
2366 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2367 s->bfd_section = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (link_info.output_bfd,
2368 s->name, flags);
2369 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2370 {
2371 einfo (_("%F%P: output format %s cannot represent section"
2372 " called %s: %E\n"),
2373 link_info.output_bfd->xvec->name, s->name);
2374 }
2375 s->bfd_section->output_section = s->bfd_section;
2376 s->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
2377
2378 /* Set the userdata of the output section to the output section
2379 statement to avoid lookup. */
2380 get_userdata (s->bfd_section) = s;
2381
2382 /* If there is a base address, make sure that any sections it might
2383 mention are initialized. */
2384 if (s->addr_tree != NULL)
2385 exp_init_os (s->addr_tree);
2386
2387 if (s->load_base != NULL)
2388 exp_init_os (s->load_base);
2389
2390 /* If supplied an alignment, set it. */
2391 if (s->section_alignment != NULL)
2392 s->bfd_section->alignment_power = exp_get_power (s->section_alignment,
2393 "section alignment");
2394 }
2395
2396 /* Make sure that all output sections mentioned in an expression are
2397 initialized. */
2398
2399 static void
2400 exp_init_os (etree_type *exp)
2401 {
2402 switch (exp->type.node_class)
2403 {
2404 case etree_assign:
2405 case etree_provide:
2406 case etree_provided:
2407 exp_init_os (exp->assign.src);
2408 break;
2409
2410 case etree_binary:
2411 exp_init_os (exp->binary.lhs);
2412 exp_init_os (exp->binary.rhs);
2413 break;
2414
2415 case etree_trinary:
2416 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.cond);
2417 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.lhs);
2418 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.rhs);
2419 break;
2420
2421 case etree_assert:
2422 exp_init_os (exp->assert_s.child);
2423 break;
2424
2425 case etree_unary:
2426 exp_init_os (exp->unary.child);
2427 break;
2428
2429 case etree_name:
2430 switch (exp->type.node_code)
2431 {
2432 case ADDR:
2433 case LOADADDR:
2434 case SIZEOF:
2435 {
2436 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2437
2438 os = lang_output_section_find (exp->name.name);
2439 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
2440 init_os (os, 0);
2441 }
2442 }
2443 break;
2444
2445 default:
2446 break;
2447 }
2448 }
2449 \f
2450 static void
2451 section_already_linked (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *data)
2452 {
2453 lang_input_statement_type *entry = (lang_input_statement_type *) data;
2454
2455 /* If we are only reading symbols from this object, then we want to
2456 discard all sections. */
2457 if (entry->flags.just_syms)
2458 {
2459 bfd_link_just_syms (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2460 return;
2461 }
2462
2463 /* Deal with SHF_EXCLUDE ELF sections. */
2464 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
2465 && (abfd->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) == 0
2466 && (sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_KEEP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE)
2467 sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2468
2469 if (!(abfd->flags & DYNAMIC))
2470 bfd_section_already_linked (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2471 }
2472 \f
2473
2474 /* Returns true if SECTION is one we know will be discarded based on its
2475 section flags, otherwise returns false. */
2476
2477 static bfd_boolean
2478 lang_discard_section_p (asection *section)
2479 {
2480 bfd_boolean discard;
2481 flagword flags = section->flags;
2482
2483 /* Discard sections marked with SEC_EXCLUDE. */
2484 discard = (flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0;
2485
2486 /* Discard the group descriptor sections when we're finally placing the
2487 sections from within the group. */
2488 if ((flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0
2489 && link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2490 discard = TRUE;
2491
2492 /* Discard debugging sections if we are stripping debugging
2493 information. */
2494 if ((link_info.strip == strip_debugger || link_info.strip == strip_all)
2495 && (flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
2496 discard = TRUE;
2497
2498 return discard;
2499 }
2500
2501 /* The wild routines.
2502
2503 These expand statements like *(.text) and foo.o to a list of
2504 explicit actions, like foo.o(.text), bar.o(.text) and
2505 foo.o(.text, .data). */
2506
2507 /* Add SECTION to the output section OUTPUT. Do this by creating a
2508 lang_input_section statement which is placed at PTR. */
2509
2510 void
2511 lang_add_section (lang_statement_list_type *ptr,
2512 asection *section,
2513 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2514 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
2515 {
2516 flagword flags = section->flags;
2517
2518 bfd_boolean discard;
2519 lang_input_section_type *new_section;
2520 bfd *abfd = link_info.output_bfd;
2521
2522 /* Is this section one we know should be discarded? */
2523 discard = lang_discard_section_p (section);
2524
2525 /* Discard input sections which are assigned to a section named
2526 DISCARD_SECTION_NAME. */
2527 if (strcmp (output->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2528 discard = TRUE;
2529
2530 if (discard)
2531 {
2532 if (section->output_section == NULL)
2533 {
2534 /* This prevents future calls from assigning this section. */
2535 section->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2536 }
2537 return;
2538 }
2539
2540 if (sflag_info)
2541 {
2542 bfd_boolean keep;
2543
2544 keep = bfd_lookup_section_flags (&link_info, sflag_info, section);
2545 if (!keep)
2546 return;
2547 }
2548
2549 if (section->output_section != NULL)
2550 return;
2551
2552 /* We don't copy the SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag from an input section
2553 to an output section, because we want to be able to include a
2554 SEC_NEVER_LOAD section in the middle of an otherwise loaded
2555 section (I don't know why we want to do this, but we do).
2556 build_link_order in ldwrite.c handles this case by turning
2557 the embedded SEC_NEVER_LOAD section into a fill. */
2558 flags &= ~ SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2559
2560 /* If final link, don't copy the SEC_LINK_ONCE flags, they've
2561 already been processed. One reason to do this is that on pe
2562 format targets, .text$foo sections go into .text and it's odd
2563 to see .text with SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
2564 if ((flags & (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP)) == (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP))
2565 {
2566 if (link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2567 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2568 else
2569 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2570 }
2571 else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
2572 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2573
2574 switch (output->sectype)
2575 {
2576 case normal_section:
2577 case overlay_section:
2578 case first_overlay_section:
2579 break;
2580 case noalloc_section:
2581 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2582 break;
2583 case noload_section:
2584 flags &= ~SEC_LOAD;
2585 flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2586 /* Unfortunately GNU ld has managed to evolve two different
2587 meanings to NOLOAD in scripts. ELF gets a .bss style noload,
2588 alloc, no contents section. All others get a noload, noalloc
2589 section. */
2590 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
2591 flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2592 else
2593 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2594 break;
2595 }
2596
2597 if (output->bfd_section == NULL)
2598 init_os (output, flags);
2599
2600 /* If SEC_READONLY is not set in the input section, then clear
2601 it from the output section. */
2602 output->bfd_section->flags &= flags | ~SEC_READONLY;
2603
2604 if (output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2605 {
2606 /* Only set SEC_READONLY flag on the first input section. */
2607 flags &= ~ SEC_READONLY;
2608
2609 /* Keep SEC_MERGE and SEC_STRINGS only if they are the same. */
2610 if ((output->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2611 != (flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2612 || ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
2613 && output->bfd_section->entsize != section->entsize))
2614 {
2615 output->bfd_section->flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2616 flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2617 }
2618 }
2619 output->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
2620
2621 if (!output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2622 {
2623 output->bfd_section->linker_has_input = 1;
2624 /* This must happen after flags have been updated. The output
2625 section may have been created before we saw its first input
2626 section, eg. for a data statement. */
2627 bfd_init_private_section_data (section->owner, section,
2628 link_info.output_bfd,
2629 output->bfd_section,
2630 &link_info);
2631 if ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2632 output->bfd_section->entsize = section->entsize;
2633 }
2634
2635 if ((flags & SEC_TIC54X_BLOCK) != 0
2636 && bfd_get_arch (section->owner) == bfd_arch_tic54x)
2637 {
2638 /* FIXME: This value should really be obtained from the bfd... */
2639 output->block_value = 128;
2640 }
2641
2642 if (section->alignment_power > output->bfd_section->alignment_power)
2643 output->bfd_section->alignment_power = section->alignment_power;
2644
2645 section->output_section = output->bfd_section;
2646
2647 if (!map_head_is_link_order)
2648 {
2649 asection *s = output->bfd_section->map_tail.s;
2650 output->bfd_section->map_tail.s = section;
2651 section->map_head.s = NULL;
2652 section->map_tail.s = s;
2653 if (s != NULL)
2654 s->map_head.s = section;
2655 else
2656 output->bfd_section->map_head.s = section;
2657 }
2658
2659 /* Add a section reference to the list. */
2660 new_section = new_stat (lang_input_section, ptr);
2661 new_section->section = section;
2662 }
2663
2664 /* Handle wildcard sorting. This returns the lang_input_section which
2665 should follow the one we are going to create for SECTION and FILE,
2666 based on the sorting requirements of WILD. It returns NULL if the
2667 new section should just go at the end of the current list. */
2668
2669 static lang_statement_union_type *
2670 wild_sort (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
2671 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2672 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2673 asection *section)
2674 {
2675 lang_statement_union_type *l;
2676
2677 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
2678 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
2679 return NULL;
2680
2681 for (l = wild->children.head; l != NULL; l = l->header.next)
2682 {
2683 lang_input_section_type *ls;
2684
2685 if (l->header.type != lang_input_section_enum)
2686 continue;
2687 ls = &l->input_section;
2688
2689 /* Sorting by filename takes precedence over sorting by section
2690 name. */
2691
2692 if (wild->filenames_sorted)
2693 {
2694 const char *fn, *ln;
2695 bfd_boolean fa, la;
2696 int i;
2697
2698 /* The PE support for the .idata section as generated by
2699 dlltool assumes that files will be sorted by the name of
2700 the archive and then the name of the file within the
2701 archive. */
2702
2703 if (file->the_bfd != NULL
2704 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
2705 {
2706 fn = bfd_get_filename (file->the_bfd->my_archive);
2707 fa = TRUE;
2708 }
2709 else
2710 {
2711 fn = file->filename;
2712 fa = FALSE;
2713 }
2714
2715 if (ls->section->owner->my_archive != NULL)
2716 {
2717 ln = bfd_get_filename (ls->section->owner->my_archive);
2718 la = TRUE;
2719 }
2720 else
2721 {
2722 ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
2723 la = FALSE;
2724 }
2725
2726 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2727 if (i > 0)
2728 continue;
2729 else if (i < 0)
2730 break;
2731
2732 if (fa || la)
2733 {
2734 if (fa)
2735 fn = file->filename;
2736 if (la)
2737 ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
2738
2739 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2740 if (i > 0)
2741 continue;
2742 else if (i < 0)
2743 break;
2744 }
2745 }
2746
2747 /* Here either the files are not sorted by name, or we are
2748 looking at the sections for this file. */
2749
2750 if (sec != NULL
2751 && sec->spec.sorted != none
2752 && sec->spec.sorted != by_none)
2753 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, ls->section) < 0)
2754 break;
2755 }
2756
2757 return l;
2758 }
2759
2760 /* Expand a wild statement for a particular FILE. SECTION may be
2761 NULL, in which case it is a wild card. */
2762
2763 static void
2764 output_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
2765 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2766 asection *section,
2767 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2768 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2769 void *output)
2770 {
2771 lang_statement_union_type *before;
2772 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2773
2774 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2775
2776 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2777 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2778 return;
2779
2780 before = wild_sort (ptr, sec, file, section);
2781
2782 /* Here BEFORE points to the lang_input_section which
2783 should follow the one we are about to add. If BEFORE
2784 is NULL, then the section should just go at the end
2785 of the current list. */
2786
2787 if (before == NULL)
2788 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, section, sflag_info, os);
2789 else
2790 {
2791 lang_statement_list_type list;
2792 lang_statement_union_type **pp;
2793
2794 lang_list_init (&list);
2795 lang_add_section (&list, section, sflag_info, os);
2796
2797 /* If we are discarding the section, LIST.HEAD will
2798 be NULL. */
2799 if (list.head != NULL)
2800 {
2801 ASSERT (list.head->header.next == NULL);
2802
2803 for (pp = &ptr->children.head;
2804 *pp != before;
2805 pp = &(*pp)->header.next)
2806 ASSERT (*pp != NULL);
2807
2808 list.head->header.next = *pp;
2809 *pp = list.head;
2810 }
2811 }
2812 }
2813
2814 /* Check if all sections in a wild statement for a particular FILE
2815 are readonly. */
2816
2817 static void
2818 check_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2819 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2820 asection *section,
2821 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2822 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2823 void *output)
2824 {
2825 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2826
2827 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2828
2829 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2830 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2831 return;
2832
2833 if (section->output_section == NULL && (section->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2834 os->all_input_readonly = FALSE;
2835 }
2836
2837 /* This is passed a file name which must have been seen already and
2838 added to the statement tree. We will see if it has been opened
2839 already and had its symbols read. If not then we'll read it. */
2840
2841 static lang_input_statement_type *
2842 lookup_name (const char *name)
2843 {
2844 lang_input_statement_type *search;
2845
2846 for (search = (lang_input_statement_type *) input_file_chain.head;
2847 search != NULL;
2848 search = (lang_input_statement_type *) search->next_real_file)
2849 {
2850 /* Use the local_sym_name as the name of the file that has
2851 already been loaded as filename might have been transformed
2852 via the search directory lookup mechanism. */
2853 const char *filename = search->local_sym_name;
2854
2855 if (filename != NULL
2856 && filename_cmp (filename, name) == 0)
2857 break;
2858 }
2859
2860 if (search == NULL)
2861 search = new_afile (name, lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum,
2862 default_target, FALSE);
2863
2864 /* If we have already added this file, or this file is not real
2865 don't add this file. */
2866 if (search->flags.loaded || !search->flags.real)
2867 return search;
2868
2869 if (!load_symbols (search, NULL))
2870 return NULL;
2871
2872 return search;
2873 }
2874
2875 /* Save LIST as a list of libraries whose symbols should not be exported. */
2876
2877 struct excluded_lib
2878 {
2879 char *name;
2880 struct excluded_lib *next;
2881 };
2882 static struct excluded_lib *excluded_libs;
2883
2884 void
2885 add_excluded_libs (const char *list)
2886 {
2887 const char *p = list, *end;
2888
2889 while (*p != '\0')
2890 {
2891 struct excluded_lib *entry;
2892 end = strpbrk (p, ",:");
2893 if (end == NULL)
2894 end = p + strlen (p);
2895 entry = (struct excluded_lib *) xmalloc (sizeof (*entry));
2896 entry->next = excluded_libs;
2897 entry->name = (char *) xmalloc (end - p + 1);
2898 memcpy (entry->name, p, end - p);
2899 entry->name[end - p] = '\0';
2900 excluded_libs = entry;
2901 if (*end == '\0')
2902 break;
2903 p = end + 1;
2904 }
2905 }
2906
2907 static void
2908 check_excluded_libs (bfd *abfd)
2909 {
2910 struct excluded_lib *lib = excluded_libs;
2911
2912 while (lib)
2913 {
2914 int len = strlen (lib->name);
2915 const char *filename = lbasename (abfd->filename);
2916
2917 if (strcmp (lib->name, "ALL") == 0)
2918 {
2919 abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2920 return;
2921 }
2922
2923 if (filename_ncmp (lib->name, filename, len) == 0
2924 && (filename[len] == '\0'
2925 || (filename[len] == '.' && filename[len + 1] == 'a'
2926 && filename[len + 2] == '\0')))
2927 {
2928 abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2929 return;
2930 }
2931
2932 lib = lib->next;
2933 }
2934 }
2935
2936 /* Get the symbols for an input file. */
2937
2938 bfd_boolean
2939 load_symbols (lang_input_statement_type *entry,
2940 lang_statement_list_type *place)
2941 {
2942 char **matching;
2943
2944 if (entry->flags.loaded)
2945 return TRUE;
2946
2947 ldfile_open_file (entry);
2948
2949 /* Do not process further if the file was missing. */
2950 if (entry->flags.missing_file)
2951 return TRUE;
2952
2953 if (trace_files || verbose)
2954 info_msg ("%pI\n", entry);
2955
2956 if (!bfd_check_format (entry->the_bfd, bfd_archive)
2957 && !bfd_check_format_matches (entry->the_bfd, bfd_object, &matching))
2958 {
2959 bfd_error_type err;
2960 struct lang_input_statement_flags save_flags;
2961 extern FILE *yyin;
2962
2963 err = bfd_get_error ();
2964
2965 /* See if the emulation has some special knowledge. */
2966 if (ldemul_unrecognized_file (entry))
2967 return TRUE;
2968
2969 if (err == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
2970 {
2971 char **p;
2972
2973 einfo (_("%P: %pB: file not recognized: %E;"
2974 " matching formats:"), entry->the_bfd);
2975 for (p = matching; *p != NULL; p++)
2976 einfo (" %s", *p);
2977 einfo ("%F\n");
2978 }
2979 else if (err != bfd_error_file_not_recognized
2980 || place == NULL)
2981 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: file not recognized: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
2982
2983 bfd_close (entry->the_bfd);
2984 entry->the_bfd = NULL;
2985
2986 /* Try to interpret the file as a linker script. */
2987 save_flags = input_flags;
2988 ldfile_open_command_file (entry->filename);
2989
2990 push_stat_ptr (place);
2991 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
2992 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
2993 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic
2994 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
2995 input_flags.whole_archive = entry->flags.whole_archive;
2996 input_flags.dynamic = entry->flags.dynamic;
2997
2998 ldfile_assumed_script = TRUE;
2999 parser_input = input_script;
3000 yyparse ();
3001 ldfile_assumed_script = FALSE;
3002
3003 /* missing_file is sticky. sysrooted will already have been
3004 restored when seeing EOF in yyparse, but no harm to restore
3005 again. */
3006 save_flags.missing_file |= input_flags.missing_file;
3007 input_flags = save_flags;
3008 pop_stat_ptr ();
3009 fclose (yyin);
3010 yyin = NULL;
3011 entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
3012
3013 return TRUE;
3014 }
3015
3016 if (ldemul_recognized_file (entry))
3017 return TRUE;
3018
3019 /* We don't call ldlang_add_file for an archive. Instead, the
3020 add_symbols entry point will call ldlang_add_file, via the
3021 add_archive_element callback, for each element of the archive
3022 which is used. */
3023 switch (bfd_get_format (entry->the_bfd))
3024 {
3025 default:
3026 break;
3027
3028 case bfd_object:
3029 if (!entry->flags.reload)
3030 ldlang_add_file (entry);
3031 break;
3032
3033 case bfd_archive:
3034 check_excluded_libs (entry->the_bfd);
3035
3036 entry->the_bfd->usrdata = entry;
3037 if (entry->flags.whole_archive)
3038 {
3039 bfd *member = NULL;
3040 bfd_boolean loaded = TRUE;
3041
3042 for (;;)
3043 {
3044 bfd *subsbfd;
3045 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (entry->the_bfd, member);
3046
3047 if (member == NULL)
3048 break;
3049
3050 if (!bfd_check_format (member, bfd_object))
3051 {
3052 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: member %pB in archive is not an object\n"),
3053 entry->the_bfd, member);
3054 loaded = FALSE;
3055 }
3056
3057 subsbfd = member;
3058 if (!(*link_info.callbacks
3059 ->add_archive_element) (&link_info, member,
3060 "--whole-archive", &subsbfd))
3061 abort ();
3062
3063 /* Potentially, the add_archive_element hook may have set a
3064 substitute BFD for us. */
3065 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (subsbfd, &link_info))
3066 {
3067 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), member);
3068 loaded = FALSE;
3069 }
3070 }
3071
3072 entry->flags.loaded = loaded;
3073 return loaded;
3074 }
3075 break;
3076 }
3077
3078 if (bfd_link_add_symbols (entry->the_bfd, &link_info))
3079 entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
3080 else
3081 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
3082
3083 return entry->flags.loaded;
3084 }
3085
3086 /* Handle a wild statement. S->FILENAME or S->SECTION_LIST or both
3087 may be NULL, indicating that it is a wildcard. Separate
3088 lang_input_section statements are created for each part of the
3089 expansion; they are added after the wild statement S. OUTPUT is
3090 the output section. */
3091
3092 static void
3093 wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
3094 const char *target ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3095 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
3096 {
3097 struct wildcard_list *sec;
3098
3099 if (s->handler_data[0]
3100 && s->handler_data[0]->spec.sorted == by_name
3101 && !s->filenames_sorted)
3102 {
3103 lang_section_bst_type *tree;
3104
3105 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback_fast, output);
3106
3107 tree = s->tree;
3108 if (tree)
3109 {
3110 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (s, tree, output);
3111 s->tree = NULL;
3112 }
3113 }
3114 else
3115 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback, output);
3116
3117 if (default_common_section == NULL)
3118 for (sec = s->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
3119 if (sec->spec.name != NULL && strcmp (sec->spec.name, "COMMON") == 0)
3120 {
3121 /* Remember the section that common is going to in case we
3122 later get something which doesn't know where to put it. */
3123 default_common_section = output;
3124 break;
3125 }
3126 }
3127
3128 /* Return TRUE iff target is the sought target. */
3129
3130 static int
3131 get_target (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3132 {
3133 const char *sought = (const char *) data;
3134
3135 return strcmp (target->name, sought) == 0;
3136 }
3137
3138 /* Like strcpy() but convert to lower case as well. */
3139
3140 static void
3141 stricpy (char *dest, char *src)
3142 {
3143 char c;
3144
3145 while ((c = *src++) != 0)
3146 *dest++ = TOLOWER (c);
3147
3148 *dest = 0;
3149 }
3150
3151 /* Remove the first occurrence of needle (if any) in haystack
3152 from haystack. */
3153
3154 static void
3155 strcut (char *haystack, char *needle)
3156 {
3157 haystack = strstr (haystack, needle);
3158
3159 if (haystack)
3160 {
3161 char *src;
3162
3163 for (src = haystack + strlen (needle); *src;)
3164 *haystack++ = *src++;
3165
3166 *haystack = 0;
3167 }
3168 }
3169
3170 /* Compare two target format name strings.
3171 Return a value indicating how "similar" they are. */
3172
3173 static int
3174 name_compare (char *first, char *second)
3175 {
3176 char *copy1;
3177 char *copy2;
3178 int result;
3179
3180 copy1 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (first) + 1);
3181 copy2 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (second) + 1);
3182
3183 /* Convert the names to lower case. */
3184 stricpy (copy1, first);
3185 stricpy (copy2, second);
3186
3187 /* Remove size and endian strings from the name. */
3188 strcut (copy1, "big");
3189 strcut (copy1, "little");
3190 strcut (copy2, "big");
3191 strcut (copy2, "little");
3192
3193 /* Return a value based on how many characters match,
3194 starting from the beginning. If both strings are
3195 the same then return 10 * their length. */
3196 for (result = 0; copy1[result] == copy2[result]; result++)
3197 if (copy1[result] == 0)
3198 {
3199 result *= 10;
3200 break;
3201 }
3202
3203 free (copy1);
3204 free (copy2);
3205
3206 return result;
3207 }
3208
3209 /* Set by closest_target_match() below. */
3210 static const bfd_target *winner;
3211
3212 /* Scan all the valid bfd targets looking for one that has the endianness
3213 requirement that was specified on the command line, and is the nearest
3214 match to the original output target. */
3215
3216 static int
3217 closest_target_match (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3218 {
3219 const bfd_target *original = (const bfd_target *) data;
3220
3221 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
3222 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_BIG)
3223 return 0;
3224
3225 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
3226 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE)
3227 return 0;
3228
3229 /* Must be the same flavour. */
3230 if (target->flavour != original->flavour)
3231 return 0;
3232
3233 /* Ignore generic big and little endian elf vectors. */
3234 if (strcmp (target->name, "elf32-big") == 0
3235 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-big") == 0
3236 || strcmp (target->name, "elf32-little") == 0
3237 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-little") == 0)
3238 return 0;
3239
3240 /* If we have not found a potential winner yet, then record this one. */
3241 if (winner == NULL)
3242 {
3243 winner = target;
3244 return 0;
3245 }
3246
3247 /* Oh dear, we now have two potential candidates for a successful match.
3248 Compare their names and choose the better one. */
3249 if (name_compare (target->name, original->name)
3250 > name_compare (winner->name, original->name))
3251 winner = target;
3252
3253 /* Keep on searching until wqe have checked them all. */
3254 return 0;
3255 }
3256
3257 /* Return the BFD target format of the first input file. */
3258
3259 static char *
3260 get_first_input_target (void)
3261 {
3262 char *target = NULL;
3263
3264 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (s)
3265 {
3266 if (s->header.type == lang_input_statement_enum
3267 && s->flags.real)
3268 {
3269 ldfile_open_file (s);
3270
3271 if (s->the_bfd != NULL
3272 && bfd_check_format (s->the_bfd, bfd_object))
3273 {
3274 target = bfd_get_target (s->the_bfd);
3275
3276 if (target != NULL)
3277 break;
3278 }
3279 }
3280 }
3281
3282 return target;
3283 }
3284
3285 const char *
3286 lang_get_output_target (void)
3287 {
3288 const char *target;
3289
3290 /* Has the user told us which output format to use? */
3291 if (output_target != NULL)
3292 return output_target;
3293
3294 /* No - has the current target been set to something other than
3295 the default? */
3296 if (current_target != default_target && current_target != NULL)
3297 return current_target;
3298
3299 /* No - can we determine the format of the first input file? */
3300 target = get_first_input_target ();
3301 if (target != NULL)
3302 return target;
3303
3304 /* Failed - use the default output target. */
3305 return default_target;
3306 }
3307
3308 /* Open the output file. */
3309
3310 static void
3311 open_output (const char *name)
3312 {
3313 output_target = lang_get_output_target ();
3314
3315 /* Has the user requested a particular endianness on the command
3316 line? */
3317 if (command_line.endian != ENDIAN_UNSET)
3318 {
3319 /* Get the chosen target. */
3320 const bfd_target *target
3321 = bfd_iterate_over_targets (get_target, (void *) output_target);
3322
3323 /* If the target is not supported, we cannot do anything. */
3324 if (target != NULL)
3325 {
3326 enum bfd_endian desired_endian;
3327
3328 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG)
3329 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_BIG;
3330 else
3331 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE;
3332
3333 /* See if the target has the wrong endianness. This should
3334 not happen if the linker script has provided big and
3335 little endian alternatives, but some scrips don't do
3336 this. */
3337 if (target->byteorder != desired_endian)
3338 {
3339 /* If it does, then see if the target provides
3340 an alternative with the correct endianness. */
3341 if (target->alternative_target != NULL
3342 && (target->alternative_target->byteorder == desired_endian))
3343 output_target = target->alternative_target->name;
3344 else
3345 {
3346 /* Try to find a target as similar as possible to
3347 the default target, but which has the desired
3348 endian characteristic. */
3349 bfd_iterate_over_targets (closest_target_match,
3350 (void *) target);
3351
3352 /* Oh dear - we could not find any targets that
3353 satisfy our requirements. */
3354 if (winner == NULL)
3355 einfo (_("%P: warning: could not find any targets"
3356 " that match endianness requirement\n"));
3357 else
3358 output_target = winner->name;
3359 }
3360 }
3361 }
3362 }
3363
3364 link_info.output_bfd = bfd_openw (name, output_target);
3365
3366 if (link_info.output_bfd == NULL)
3367 {
3368 if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_invalid_target)
3369 einfo (_("%F%P: target %s not found\n"), output_target);
3370
3371 einfo (_("%F%P: cannot open output file %s: %E\n"), name);
3372 }
3373
3374 delete_output_file_on_failure = TRUE;
3375
3376 if (!bfd_set_format (link_info.output_bfd, bfd_object))
3377 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can not make object file: %E\n"), name);
3378 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (link_info.output_bfd,
3379 ldfile_output_architecture,
3380 ldfile_output_machine))
3381 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can not set architecture: %E\n"), name);
3382
3383 link_info.hash = bfd_link_hash_table_create (link_info.output_bfd);
3384 if (link_info.hash == NULL)
3385 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
3386
3387 bfd_set_gp_size (link_info.output_bfd, g_switch_value);
3388 }
3389
3390 static void
3391 ldlang_open_output (lang_statement_union_type *statement)
3392 {
3393 switch (statement->header.type)
3394 {
3395 case lang_output_statement_enum:
3396 ASSERT (link_info.output_bfd == NULL);
3397 open_output (statement->output_statement.name);
3398 ldemul_set_output_arch ();
3399 if (config.magic_demand_paged
3400 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
3401 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= D_PAGED;
3402 else
3403 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~D_PAGED;
3404 if (config.text_read_only)
3405 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= WP_TEXT;
3406 else
3407 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~WP_TEXT;
3408 if (link_info.traditional_format)
3409 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3410 else
3411 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3412 break;
3413
3414 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3415 current_target = statement->target_statement.target;
3416 break;
3417 default:
3418 break;
3419 }
3420 }
3421
3422 static void
3423 init_opb (void)
3424 {
3425 unsigned x = bfd_arch_mach_octets_per_byte (ldfile_output_architecture,
3426 ldfile_output_machine);
3427 opb_shift = 0;
3428 if (x > 1)
3429 while ((x & 1) == 0)
3430 {
3431 x >>= 1;
3432 ++opb_shift;
3433 }
3434 ASSERT (x == 1);
3435 }
3436
3437 /* Open all the input files. */
3438
3439 enum open_bfd_mode
3440 {
3441 OPEN_BFD_NORMAL = 0,
3442 OPEN_BFD_FORCE = 1,
3443 OPEN_BFD_RESCAN = 2
3444 };
3445 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3446 static lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert = NULL;
3447 #endif
3448
3449 static void
3450 open_input_bfds (lang_statement_union_type *s, enum open_bfd_mode mode)
3451 {
3452 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3453 {
3454 switch (s->header.type)
3455 {
3456 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3457 open_input_bfds (constructor_list.head, mode);
3458 break;
3459 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3460 open_input_bfds (s->output_section_statement.children.head, mode);
3461 break;
3462 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3463 /* Maybe we should load the file's symbols. */
3464 if ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3465 && s->wild_statement.filename
3466 && !wildcardp (s->wild_statement.filename)
3467 && !archive_path (s->wild_statement.filename))
3468 lookup_name (s->wild_statement.filename);
3469 open_input_bfds (s->wild_statement.children.head, mode);
3470 break;
3471 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3472 {
3473 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *undefs;
3474
3475 /* We must continually search the entries in the group
3476 until no new symbols are added to the list of undefined
3477 symbols. */
3478
3479 do
3480 {
3481 undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
3482 open_input_bfds (s->group_statement.children.head,
3483 mode | OPEN_BFD_FORCE);
3484 }
3485 while (undefs != link_info.hash->undefs_tail);
3486 }
3487 break;
3488 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3489 current_target = s->target_statement.target;
3490 break;
3491 case lang_input_statement_enum:
3492 if (s->input_statement.flags.real)
3493 {
3494 lang_statement_union_type **os_tail;
3495 lang_statement_list_type add;
3496 bfd *abfd;
3497
3498 s->input_statement.target = current_target;
3499
3500 /* If we are being called from within a group, and this
3501 is an archive which has already been searched, then
3502 force it to be researched unless the whole archive
3503 has been loaded already. Do the same for a rescan.
3504 Likewise reload --as-needed shared libs. */
3505 if (mode != OPEN_BFD_NORMAL
3506 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3507 && ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3508 || plugin_insert == NULL)
3509 #endif
3510 && s->input_statement.flags.loaded
3511 && (abfd = s->input_statement.the_bfd) != NULL
3512 && ((bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_archive
3513 && !s->input_statement.flags.whole_archive)
3514 || (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object
3515 && ((abfd->flags) & DYNAMIC) != 0
3516 && s->input_statement.flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
3517 && bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
3518 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd) & DYN_AS_NEEDED) != 0)))
3519 {
3520 s->input_statement.flags.loaded = FALSE;
3521 s->input_statement.flags.reload = TRUE;
3522 }
3523
3524 os_tail = lang_os_list.tail;
3525 lang_list_init (&add);
3526
3527 if (!load_symbols (&s->input_statement, &add))
3528 config.make_executable = FALSE;
3529
3530 if (add.head != NULL)
3531 {
3532 /* If this was a script with output sections then
3533 tack any added statements on to the end of the
3534 list. This avoids having to reorder the output
3535 section statement list. Very likely the user
3536 forgot -T, and whatever we do here will not meet
3537 naive user expectations. */
3538 if (os_tail != lang_os_list.tail)
3539 {
3540 einfo (_("%P: warning: %s contains output sections;"
3541 " did you forget -T?\n"),
3542 s->input_statement.filename);
3543 *stat_ptr->tail = add.head;
3544 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
3545 }
3546 else
3547 {
3548 *add.tail = s->header.next;
3549 s->header.next = add.head;
3550 }
3551 }
3552 }
3553 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3554 /* If we have found the point at which a plugin added new
3555 files, clear plugin_insert to enable archive rescan. */
3556 if (&s->input_statement == plugin_insert)
3557 plugin_insert = NULL;
3558 #endif
3559 break;
3560 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3561 if (s->assignment_statement.exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
3562 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3563 break;
3564 default:
3565 break;
3566 }
3567 }
3568
3569 /* Exit if any of the files were missing. */
3570 if (input_flags.missing_file)
3571 einfo ("%F");
3572 }
3573
3574 /* Add the supplied name to the symbol table as an undefined reference.
3575 This is a two step process as the symbol table doesn't even exist at
3576 the time the ld command line is processed. First we put the name
3577 on a list, then, once the output file has been opened, transfer the
3578 name to the symbol table. */
3579
3580 typedef struct bfd_sym_chain ldlang_undef_chain_list_type;
3581
3582 #define ldlang_undef_chain_list_head entry_symbol.next
3583
3584 void
3585 ldlang_add_undef (const char *const name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
3586 {
3587 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *new_undef;
3588
3589 undef_from_cmdline = undef_from_cmdline || cmdline;
3590 new_undef = (ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*new_undef));
3591 new_undef->next = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
3592 ldlang_undef_chain_list_head = new_undef;
3593
3594 new_undef->name = xstrdup (name);
3595
3596 if (link_info.output_bfd != NULL)
3597 insert_undefined (new_undef->name);
3598 }
3599
3600 /* Insert NAME as undefined in the symbol table. */
3601
3602 static void
3603 insert_undefined (const char *name)
3604 {
3605 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3606
3607 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, name, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE);
3608 if (h == NULL)
3609 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_link_hash_lookup failed: %E\n"));
3610 if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_new)
3611 {
3612 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
3613 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
3614 h->non_ir_ref_regular = TRUE;
3615 if (is_elf_hash_table (link_info.hash))
3616 ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->mark = 1;
3617 bfd_link_add_undef (link_info.hash, h);
3618 }
3619 }
3620
3621 /* Run through the list of undefineds created above and place them
3622 into the linker hash table as undefined symbols belonging to the
3623 script file. */
3624
3625 static void
3626 lang_place_undefineds (void)
3627 {
3628 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *ptr;
3629
3630 for (ptr = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3631 insert_undefined (ptr->name);
3632 }
3633
3634 /* Structure used to build the list of symbols that the user has required
3635 be defined. */
3636
3637 struct require_defined_symbol
3638 {
3639 const char *name;
3640 struct require_defined_symbol *next;
3641 };
3642
3643 /* The list of symbols that the user has required be defined. */
3644
3645 static struct require_defined_symbol *require_defined_symbol_list;
3646
3647 /* Add a new symbol NAME to the list of symbols that are required to be
3648 defined. */
3649
3650 void
3651 ldlang_add_require_defined (const char *const name)
3652 {
3653 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
3654
3655 ldlang_add_undef (name, TRUE);
3656 ptr = (struct require_defined_symbol *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*ptr));
3657 ptr->next = require_defined_symbol_list;
3658 ptr->name = strdup (name);
3659 require_defined_symbol_list = ptr;
3660 }
3661
3662 /* Check that all symbols the user required to be defined, are defined,
3663 raise an error if we find a symbol that is not defined. */
3664
3665 static void
3666 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols (void)
3667 {
3668 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
3669
3670 for (ptr = require_defined_symbol_list; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3671 {
3672 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3673
3674 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, ptr->name,
3675 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
3676 if (h == NULL
3677 || (h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined
3678 && h->type != bfd_link_hash_defweak))
3679 einfo(_("%X%P: required symbol `%s' not defined\n"), ptr->name);
3680 }
3681 }
3682
3683 /* Check for all readonly or some readwrite sections. */
3684
3685 static void
3686 check_input_sections
3687 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
3688 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
3689 {
3690 for (; s != (lang_statement_union_type *) NULL; s = s->header.next)
3691 {
3692 switch (s->header.type)
3693 {
3694 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3695 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, check_section_callback,
3696 output_section_statement);
3697 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3698 return;
3699 break;
3700 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3701 check_input_sections (constructor_list.head,
3702 output_section_statement);
3703 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3704 return;
3705 break;
3706 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3707 check_input_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
3708 output_section_statement);
3709 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3710 return;
3711 break;
3712 default:
3713 break;
3714 }
3715 }
3716 }
3717
3718 /* Update wildcard statements if needed. */
3719
3720 static void
3721 update_wild_statements (lang_statement_union_type *s)
3722 {
3723 struct wildcard_list *sec;
3724
3725 switch (sort_section)
3726 {
3727 default:
3728 FAIL ();
3729
3730 case none:
3731 break;
3732
3733 case by_name:
3734 case by_alignment:
3735 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3736 {
3737 switch (s->header.type)
3738 {
3739 default:
3740 break;
3741
3742 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3743 for (sec = s->wild_statement.section_list; sec != NULL;
3744 sec = sec->next)
3745 /* Don't sort .init/.fini sections. */
3746 if (strcmp (sec->spec.name, ".init") != 0
3747 && strcmp (sec->spec.name, ".fini") != 0)
3748 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
3749 {
3750 case none:
3751 sec->spec.sorted = sort_section;
3752 break;
3753 case by_name:
3754 if (sort_section == by_alignment)
3755 sec->spec.sorted = by_name_alignment;
3756 break;
3757 case by_alignment:
3758 if (sort_section == by_name)
3759 sec->spec.sorted = by_alignment_name;
3760 break;
3761 default:
3762 break;
3763 }
3764 break;
3765
3766 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3767 update_wild_statements (constructor_list.head);
3768 break;
3769
3770 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3771 update_wild_statements
3772 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
3773 break;
3774
3775 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3776 update_wild_statements (s->group_statement.children.head);
3777 break;
3778 }
3779 }
3780 break;
3781 }
3782 }
3783
3784 /* Open input files and attach to output sections. */
3785
3786 static void
3787 map_input_to_output_sections
3788 (lang_statement_union_type *s, const char *target,
3789 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
3790 {
3791 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3792 {
3793 lang_output_section_statement_type *tos;
3794 flagword flags;
3795
3796 switch (s->header.type)
3797 {
3798 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3799 wild (&s->wild_statement, target, os);
3800 break;
3801 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3802 map_input_to_output_sections (constructor_list.head,
3803 target,
3804 os);
3805 break;
3806 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3807 tos = &s->output_section_statement;
3808 if (tos->constraint != 0)
3809 {
3810 if (tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RW
3811 && tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RO)
3812 break;
3813 tos->all_input_readonly = TRUE;
3814 check_input_sections (tos->children.head, tos);
3815 if (tos->all_input_readonly != (tos->constraint == ONLY_IF_RO))
3816 {
3817 tos->constraint = -1;
3818 break;
3819 }
3820 }
3821 map_input_to_output_sections (tos->children.head,
3822 target,
3823 tos);
3824 break;
3825 case lang_output_statement_enum:
3826 break;
3827 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3828 target = s->target_statement.target;
3829 break;
3830 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3831 map_input_to_output_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
3832 target,
3833 os);
3834 break;
3835 case lang_data_statement_enum:
3836 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the expression
3837 are initialized. */
3838 exp_init_os (s->data_statement.exp);
3839 /* The output section gets CONTENTS, ALLOC and LOAD, but
3840 these may be overridden by the script. */
3841 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD;
3842 switch (os->sectype)
3843 {
3844 case normal_section:
3845 case overlay_section:
3846 case first_overlay_section:
3847 break;
3848 case noalloc_section:
3849 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
3850 break;
3851 case noload_section:
3852 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
3853 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
3854 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC;
3855 else
3856 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
3857 break;
3858 }
3859 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
3860 init_os (os, flags);
3861 else
3862 os->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
3863 break;
3864 case lang_input_section_enum:
3865 break;
3866 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
3867 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
3868 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
3869 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
3870 case lang_input_statement_enum:
3871 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
3872 init_os (os, 0);
3873 break;
3874 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3875 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
3876 init_os (os, 0);
3877
3878 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the assignment
3879 are initialized. */
3880 exp_init_os (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3881 break;
3882 case lang_address_statement_enum:
3883 /* Mark the specified section with the supplied address.
3884 If this section was actually a segment marker, then the
3885 directive is ignored if the linker script explicitly
3886 processed the segment marker. Originally, the linker
3887 treated segment directives (like -Ttext on the
3888 command-line) as section directives. We honor the
3889 section directive semantics for backwards compatibility;
3890 linker scripts that do not specifically check for
3891 SEGMENT_START automatically get the old semantics. */
3892 if (!s->address_statement.segment
3893 || !s->address_statement.segment->used)
3894 {
3895 const char *name = s->address_statement.section_name;
3896
3897 /* Create the output section statement here so that
3898 orphans with a set address will be placed after other
3899 script sections. If we let the orphan placement code
3900 place them in amongst other sections then the address
3901 will affect following script sections, which is
3902 likely to surprise naive users. */
3903 tos = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, 0, TRUE);
3904 tos->addr_tree = s->address_statement.address;
3905 if (tos->bfd_section == NULL)
3906 init_os (tos, 0);
3907 }
3908 break;
3909 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
3910 break;
3911 }
3912 }
3913 }
3914
3915 /* An insert statement snips out all the linker statements from the
3916 start of the list and places them after the output section
3917 statement specified by the insert. This operation is complicated
3918 by the fact that we keep a doubly linked list of output section
3919 statements as well as the singly linked list of all statements. */
3920
3921 static void
3922 process_insert_statements (void)
3923 {
3924 lang_statement_union_type **s;
3925 lang_output_section_statement_type *first_os = NULL;
3926 lang_output_section_statement_type *last_os = NULL;
3927 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
3928
3929 /* "start of list" is actually the statement immediately after
3930 the special abs_section output statement, so that it isn't
3931 reordered. */
3932 s = &lang_os_list.head;
3933 while (*(s = &(*s)->header.next) != NULL)
3934 {
3935 if ((*s)->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
3936 {
3937 /* Keep pointers to the first and last output section
3938 statement in the sequence we may be about to move. */
3939 os = &(*s)->output_section_statement;
3940
3941 ASSERT (last_os == NULL || last_os->next == os);
3942 last_os = os;
3943
3944 /* Set constraint negative so that lang_output_section_find
3945 won't match this output section statement. At this
3946 stage in linking constraint has values in the range
3947 [-1, ONLY_IN_RW]. */
3948 last_os->constraint = -2 - last_os->constraint;
3949 if (first_os == NULL)
3950 first_os = last_os;
3951 }
3952 else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_insert_statement_enum)
3953 {
3954 lang_insert_statement_type *i = &(*s)->insert_statement;
3955 lang_output_section_statement_type *where;
3956 lang_statement_union_type **ptr;
3957 lang_statement_union_type *first;
3958
3959 where = lang_output_section_find (i->where);
3960 if (where != NULL && i->is_before)
3961 {
3962 do
3963 where = where->prev;
3964 while (where != NULL && where->constraint < 0);
3965 }
3966 if (where == NULL)
3967 {
3968 einfo (_("%F%P: %s not found for insert\n"), i->where);
3969 return;
3970 }
3971
3972 /* Deal with reordering the output section statement list. */
3973 if (last_os != NULL)
3974 {
3975 asection *first_sec, *last_sec;
3976 struct lang_output_section_statement_struct **next;
3977
3978 /* Snip out the output sections we are moving. */
3979 first_os->prev->next = last_os->next;
3980 if (last_os->next == NULL)
3981 {
3982 next = &first_os->prev->next;
3983 lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
3984 }
3985 else
3986 last_os->next->prev = first_os->prev;
3987 /* Add them in at the new position. */
3988 last_os->next = where->next;
3989 if (where->next == NULL)
3990 {
3991 next = &last_os->next;
3992 lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
3993 }
3994 else
3995 where->next->prev = last_os;
3996 first_os->prev = where;
3997 where->next = first_os;
3998
3999 /* Move the bfd sections in the same way. */
4000 first_sec = NULL;
4001 last_sec = NULL;
4002 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
4003 {
4004 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
4005 if (os->bfd_section != NULL
4006 && os->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
4007 {
4008 last_sec = os->bfd_section;
4009 if (first_sec == NULL)
4010 first_sec = last_sec;
4011 }
4012 if (os == last_os)
4013 break;
4014 }
4015 if (last_sec != NULL)
4016 {
4017 asection *sec = where->bfd_section;
4018 if (sec == NULL)
4019 sec = output_prev_sec_find (where);
4020
4021 /* The place we want to insert must come after the
4022 sections we are moving. So if we find no
4023 section or if the section is the same as our
4024 last section, then no move is needed. */
4025 if (sec != NULL && sec != last_sec)
4026 {
4027 /* Trim them off. */
4028 if (first_sec->prev != NULL)
4029 first_sec->prev->next = last_sec->next;
4030 else
4031 link_info.output_bfd->sections = last_sec->next;
4032 if (last_sec->next != NULL)
4033 last_sec->next->prev = first_sec->prev;
4034 else
4035 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = first_sec->prev;
4036 /* Add back. */
4037 last_sec->next = sec->next;
4038 if (sec->next != NULL)
4039 sec->next->prev = last_sec;
4040 else
4041 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = last_sec;
4042 first_sec->prev = sec;
4043 sec->next = first_sec;
4044 }
4045 }
4046
4047 first_os = NULL;
4048 last_os = NULL;
4049 }
4050
4051 ptr = insert_os_after (where);
4052 /* Snip everything after the abs_section output statement we
4053 know is at the start of the list, up to and including
4054 the insert statement we are currently processing. */
4055 first = lang_os_list.head->header.next;
4056 lang_os_list.head->header.next = (*s)->header.next;
4057 /* Add them back where they belong. */
4058 *s = *ptr;
4059 if (*s == NULL)
4060 statement_list.tail = s;
4061 *ptr = first;
4062 s = &lang_os_list.head;
4063 }
4064 }
4065
4066 /* Undo constraint twiddling. */
4067 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
4068 {
4069 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
4070 if (os == last_os)
4071 break;
4072 }
4073 }
4074
4075 /* An output section might have been removed after its statement was
4076 added. For example, ldemul_before_allocation can remove dynamic
4077 sections if they turn out to be not needed. Clean them up here. */
4078
4079 void
4080 strip_excluded_output_sections (void)
4081 {
4082 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4083
4084 /* Run lang_size_sections (if not already done). */
4085 if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
4086 {
4087 expld.phase = lang_mark_phase_enum;
4088 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
4089 one_lang_size_sections_pass (NULL, FALSE);
4090 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
4091 }
4092
4093 for (os = &lang_os_list.head->output_section_statement;
4094 os != NULL;
4095 os = os->next)
4096 {
4097 asection *output_section;
4098 bfd_boolean exclude;
4099
4100 if (os->constraint < 0)
4101 continue;
4102
4103 output_section = os->bfd_section;
4104 if (output_section == NULL)
4105 continue;
4106
4107 exclude = (output_section->rawsize == 0
4108 && (output_section->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0
4109 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
4110 output_section));
4111
4112 /* Some sections have not yet been sized, notably .gnu.version,
4113 .dynsym, .dynstr and .hash. These all have SEC_LINKER_CREATED
4114 input sections, so don't drop output sections that have such
4115 input sections unless they are also marked SEC_EXCLUDE. */
4116 if (exclude && output_section->map_head.s != NULL)
4117 {
4118 asection *s;
4119
4120 for (s = output_section->map_head.s; s != NULL; s = s->map_head.s)
4121 if ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
4122 && ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
4123 || link_info.emitrelocations))
4124 {
4125 exclude = FALSE;
4126 break;
4127 }
4128 }
4129
4130 if (exclude)
4131 {
4132 /* We don't set bfd_section to NULL since bfd_section of the
4133 removed output section statement may still be used. */
4134 if (!os->update_dot)
4135 os->ignored = TRUE;
4136 output_section->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
4137 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, output_section);
4138 link_info.output_bfd->section_count--;
4139 }
4140 }
4141 }
4142
4143 /* Called from ldwrite to clear out asection.map_head and
4144 asection.map_tail for use as link_orders in ldwrite. */
4145
4146 void
4147 lang_clear_os_map (void)
4148 {
4149 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4150
4151 if (map_head_is_link_order)
4152 return;
4153
4154 for (os = &lang_os_list.head->output_section_statement;
4155 os != NULL;
4156 os = os->next)
4157 {
4158 asection *output_section;
4159
4160 if (os->constraint < 0)
4161 continue;
4162
4163 output_section = os->bfd_section;
4164 if (output_section == NULL)
4165 continue;
4166
4167 /* TODO: Don't just junk map_head.s, turn them into link_orders. */
4168 output_section->map_head.link_order = NULL;
4169 output_section->map_tail.link_order = NULL;
4170 }
4171
4172 /* Stop future calls to lang_add_section from messing with map_head
4173 and map_tail link_order fields. */
4174 map_head_is_link_order = TRUE;
4175 }
4176
4177 static void
4178 print_output_section_statement
4179 (lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
4180 {
4181 asection *section = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
4182 int len;
4183
4184 if (output_section_statement != abs_output_section)
4185 {
4186 minfo ("\n%s", output_section_statement->name);
4187
4188 if (section != NULL)
4189 {
4190 print_dot = section->vma;
4191
4192 len = strlen (output_section_statement->name);
4193 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4194 {
4195 print_nl ();
4196 len = 0;
4197 }
4198 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4199 {
4200 print_space ();
4201 ++len;
4202 }
4203
4204 minfo ("0x%V %W", section->vma, TO_ADDR (section->size));
4205
4206 if (section->vma != section->lma)
4207 minfo (_(" load address 0x%V"), section->lma);
4208
4209 if (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree != NULL)
4210 exp_fold_tree (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree,
4211 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &print_dot);
4212 }
4213
4214 print_nl ();
4215 }
4216
4217 print_statement_list (output_section_statement->children.head,
4218 output_section_statement);
4219 }
4220
4221 static void
4222 print_assignment (lang_assignment_statement_type *assignment,
4223 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section)
4224 {
4225 unsigned int i;
4226 bfd_boolean is_dot;
4227 etree_type *tree;
4228 asection *osec;
4229
4230 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4231 print_space ();
4232
4233 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert)
4234 {
4235 is_dot = FALSE;
4236 tree = assignment->exp->assert_s.child;
4237 }
4238 else
4239 {
4240 const char *dst = assignment->exp->assign.dst;
4241
4242 is_dot = (dst[0] == '.' && dst[1] == 0);
4243 tree = assignment->exp;
4244 }
4245
4246 osec = output_section->bfd_section;
4247 if (osec == NULL)
4248 osec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
4249
4250 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class != etree_provide)
4251 exp_fold_tree (tree, osec, &print_dot);
4252 else
4253 expld.result.valid_p = FALSE;
4254
4255 if (expld.result.valid_p)
4256 {
4257 bfd_vma value;
4258
4259 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert
4260 || is_dot
4261 || expld.assign_name != NULL)
4262 {
4263 value = expld.result.value;
4264
4265 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
4266 value += expld.result.section->vma;
4267
4268 minfo ("0x%V", value);
4269 if (is_dot)
4270 print_dot = value;
4271 }
4272 else
4273 {
4274 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
4275
4276 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, assignment->exp->assign.dst,
4277 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4278 if (h != NULL
4279 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4280 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
4281 {
4282 value = h->u.def.value;
4283 value += h->u.def.section->output_section->vma;
4284 value += h->u.def.section->output_offset;
4285
4286 minfo ("[0x%V]", value);
4287 }
4288 else
4289 minfo ("[unresolved]");
4290 }
4291 }
4292 else
4293 {
4294 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_provide)
4295 minfo ("[!provide]");
4296 else
4297 minfo ("*undef* ");
4298 #ifdef BFD64
4299 minfo (" ");
4300 #endif
4301 }
4302 expld.assign_name = NULL;
4303
4304 minfo (" ");
4305 exp_print_tree (assignment->exp);
4306 print_nl ();
4307 }
4308
4309 static void
4310 print_input_statement (lang_input_statement_type *statm)
4311 {
4312 if (statm->filename != NULL
4313 && (statm->the_bfd == NULL
4314 || (statm->the_bfd->flags & BFD_LINKER_CREATED) == 0))
4315 fprintf (config.map_file, "LOAD %s\n", statm->filename);
4316 }
4317
4318 /* Print all symbols defined in a particular section. This is called
4319 via bfd_link_hash_traverse, or by print_all_symbols. */
4320
4321 static bfd_boolean
4322 print_one_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry, void *ptr)
4323 {
4324 asection *sec = (asection *) ptr;
4325
4326 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4327 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4328 && sec == hash_entry->u.def.section)
4329 {
4330 int i;
4331
4332 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4333 print_space ();
4334 minfo ("0x%V ",
4335 (hash_entry->u.def.value
4336 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_offset
4337 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_section->vma));
4338
4339 minfo (" %pT\n", hash_entry->root.string);
4340 }
4341
4342 return TRUE;
4343 }
4344
4345 static int
4346 hash_entry_addr_cmp (const void *a, const void *b)
4347 {
4348 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *l = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)a;
4349 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *r = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)b;
4350
4351 if (l->u.def.value < r->u.def.value)
4352 return -1;
4353 else if (l->u.def.value > r->u.def.value)
4354 return 1;
4355 else
4356 return 0;
4357 }
4358
4359 static void
4360 print_all_symbols (asection *sec)
4361 {
4362 input_section_userdata_type *ud
4363 = (input_section_userdata_type *) get_userdata (sec);
4364 struct map_symbol_def *def;
4365 struct bfd_link_hash_entry **entries;
4366 unsigned int i;
4367
4368 if (!ud)
4369 return;
4370
4371 *ud->map_symbol_def_tail = 0;
4372
4373 /* Sort the symbols by address. */
4374 entries = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)
4375 obstack_alloc (&map_obstack,
4376 ud->map_symbol_def_count * sizeof (*entries));
4377
4378 for (i = 0, def = ud->map_symbol_def_head; def; def = def->next, i++)
4379 entries[i] = def->entry;
4380
4381 qsort (entries, ud->map_symbol_def_count, sizeof (*entries),
4382 hash_entry_addr_cmp);
4383
4384 /* Print the symbols. */
4385 for (i = 0; i < ud->map_symbol_def_count; i++)
4386 print_one_symbol (entries[i], sec);
4387
4388 obstack_free (&map_obstack, entries);
4389 }
4390
4391 /* Print information about an input section to the map file. */
4392
4393 static void
4394 print_input_section (asection *i, bfd_boolean is_discarded)
4395 {
4396 bfd_size_type size = i->size;
4397 int len;
4398 bfd_vma addr;
4399
4400 init_opb ();
4401
4402 print_space ();
4403 minfo ("%s", i->name);
4404
4405 len = 1 + strlen (i->name);
4406 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4407 {
4408 print_nl ();
4409 len = 0;
4410 }
4411 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4412 {
4413 print_space ();
4414 ++len;
4415 }
4416
4417 if (i->output_section != NULL
4418 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4419 addr = i->output_section->vma + i->output_offset;
4420 else
4421 {
4422 addr = print_dot;
4423 if (!is_discarded)
4424 size = 0;
4425 }
4426
4427 minfo ("0x%V %W %pB\n", addr, size, i->owner);
4428
4429 if (size != i->rawsize && i->rawsize != 0)
4430 {
4431 len = SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH + 3;
4432 #ifdef BFD64
4433 len += 16;
4434 #else
4435 len += 8;
4436 #endif
4437 while (len > 0)
4438 {
4439 print_space ();
4440 --len;
4441 }
4442
4443 minfo (_("%W (size before relaxing)\n"), i->rawsize);
4444 }
4445
4446 if (i->output_section != NULL
4447 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4448 {
4449 if (link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
4450 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, print_one_symbol, i);
4451 else
4452 print_all_symbols (i);
4453
4454 /* Update print_dot, but make sure that we do not move it
4455 backwards - this could happen if we have overlays and a
4456 later overlay is shorter than an earier one. */
4457 if (addr + TO_ADDR (size) > print_dot)
4458 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4459 }
4460 }
4461
4462 static void
4463 print_fill_statement (lang_fill_statement_type *fill)
4464 {
4465 size_t size;
4466 unsigned char *p;
4467 fputs (" FILL mask 0x", config.map_file);
4468 for (p = fill->fill->data, size = fill->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4469 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4470 fputs ("\n", config.map_file);
4471 }
4472
4473 static void
4474 print_data_statement (lang_data_statement_type *data)
4475 {
4476 int i;
4477 bfd_vma addr;
4478 bfd_size_type size;
4479 const char *name;
4480
4481 init_opb ();
4482 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4483 print_space ();
4484
4485 addr = data->output_offset;
4486 if (data->output_section != NULL)
4487 addr += data->output_section->vma;
4488
4489 switch (data->type)
4490 {
4491 default:
4492 abort ();
4493 case BYTE:
4494 size = BYTE_SIZE;
4495 name = "BYTE";
4496 break;
4497 case SHORT:
4498 size = SHORT_SIZE;
4499 name = "SHORT";
4500 break;
4501 case LONG:
4502 size = LONG_SIZE;
4503 name = "LONG";
4504 break;
4505 case QUAD:
4506 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4507 name = "QUAD";
4508 break;
4509 case SQUAD:
4510 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4511 name = "SQUAD";
4512 break;
4513 }
4514
4515 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
4516 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
4517 minfo ("0x%V %W %s 0x%v", addr, TO_ADDR (size), name, data->value);
4518
4519 if (data->exp->type.node_class != etree_value)
4520 {
4521 print_space ();
4522 exp_print_tree (data->exp);
4523 }
4524
4525 print_nl ();
4526
4527 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4528 }
4529
4530 /* Print an address statement. These are generated by options like
4531 -Ttext. */
4532
4533 static void
4534 print_address_statement (lang_address_statement_type *address)
4535 {
4536 minfo (_("Address of section %s set to "), address->section_name);
4537 exp_print_tree (address->address);
4538 print_nl ();
4539 }
4540
4541 /* Print a reloc statement. */
4542
4543 static void
4544 print_reloc_statement (lang_reloc_statement_type *reloc)
4545 {
4546 int i;
4547 bfd_vma addr;
4548 bfd_size_type size;
4549
4550 init_opb ();
4551 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4552 print_space ();
4553
4554 addr = reloc->output_offset;
4555 if (reloc->output_section != NULL)
4556 addr += reloc->output_section->vma;
4557
4558 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc->howto);
4559
4560 minfo ("0x%V %W RELOC %s ", addr, TO_ADDR (size), reloc->howto->name);
4561
4562 if (reloc->name != NULL)
4563 minfo ("%s+", reloc->name);
4564 else
4565 minfo ("%s+", reloc->section->name);
4566
4567 exp_print_tree (reloc->addend_exp);
4568
4569 print_nl ();
4570
4571 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4572 }
4573
4574 static void
4575 print_padding_statement (lang_padding_statement_type *s)
4576 {
4577 int len;
4578 bfd_vma addr;
4579
4580 init_opb ();
4581 minfo (" *fill*");
4582
4583 len = sizeof " *fill*" - 1;
4584 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4585 {
4586 print_space ();
4587 ++len;
4588 }
4589
4590 addr = s->output_offset;
4591 if (s->output_section != NULL)
4592 addr += s->output_section->vma;
4593 minfo ("0x%V %W ", addr, TO_ADDR (s->size));
4594
4595 if (s->fill->size != 0)
4596 {
4597 size_t size;
4598 unsigned char *p;
4599 for (p = s->fill->data, size = s->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4600 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4601 }
4602
4603 print_nl ();
4604
4605 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (s->size);
4606 }
4607
4608 static void
4609 print_wild_statement (lang_wild_statement_type *w,
4610 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4611 {
4612 struct wildcard_list *sec;
4613
4614 print_space ();
4615
4616 if (w->exclude_name_list)
4617 {
4618 name_list *tmp;
4619 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", w->exclude_name_list->name);
4620 for (tmp = w->exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
4621 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
4622 minfo (") ");
4623 }
4624
4625 if (w->filenames_sorted)
4626 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
4627 if (w->filename != NULL)
4628 minfo ("%s", w->filename);
4629 else
4630 minfo ("*");
4631 if (w->filenames_sorted)
4632 minfo (")");
4633
4634 minfo ("(");
4635 for (sec = w->section_list; sec; sec = sec->next)
4636 {
4637 int closing_paren = 0;
4638
4639 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
4640 {
4641 case none:
4642 break;
4643
4644 case by_name:
4645 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
4646 closing_paren = 1;
4647 break;
4648
4649 case by_alignment:
4650 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
4651 closing_paren = 1;
4652 break;
4653
4654 case by_name_alignment:
4655 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
4656 closing_paren = 2;
4657 break;
4658
4659 case by_alignment_name:
4660 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(SORT_BY_NAME(");
4661 closing_paren = 2;
4662 break;
4663
4664 case by_none:
4665 minfo ("SORT_NONE(");
4666 closing_paren = 1;
4667 break;
4668
4669 case by_init_priority:
4670 minfo ("SORT_BY_INIT_PRIORITY(");
4671 closing_paren = 1;
4672 break;
4673 }
4674
4675 if (sec->spec.exclude_name_list != NULL)
4676 {
4677 name_list *tmp;
4678 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", sec->spec.exclude_name_list->name);
4679 for (tmp = sec->spec.exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
4680 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
4681 minfo (") ");
4682 }
4683 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
4684 minfo ("%s", sec->spec.name);
4685 else
4686 minfo ("*");
4687 for (;closing_paren > 0; closing_paren--)
4688 minfo (")");
4689 if (sec->next)
4690 minfo (" ");
4691 }
4692 minfo (")");
4693
4694 print_nl ();
4695
4696 print_statement_list (w->children.head, os);
4697 }
4698
4699 /* Print a group statement. */
4700
4701 static void
4702 print_group (lang_group_statement_type *s,
4703 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4704 {
4705 fprintf (config.map_file, "START GROUP\n");
4706 print_statement_list (s->children.head, os);
4707 fprintf (config.map_file, "END GROUP\n");
4708 }
4709
4710 /* Print the list of statements in S.
4711 This can be called for any statement type. */
4712
4713 static void
4714 print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4715 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4716 {
4717 while (s != NULL)
4718 {
4719 print_statement (s, os);
4720 s = s->header.next;
4721 }
4722 }
4723
4724 /* Print the first statement in statement list S.
4725 This can be called for any statement type. */
4726
4727 static void
4728 print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4729 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4730 {
4731 switch (s->header.type)
4732 {
4733 default:
4734 fprintf (config.map_file, _("Fail with %d\n"), s->header.type);
4735 FAIL ();
4736 break;
4737 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
4738 if (constructor_list.head != NULL)
4739 {
4740 if (constructors_sorted)
4741 minfo (" SORT (CONSTRUCTORS)\n");
4742 else
4743 minfo (" CONSTRUCTORS\n");
4744 print_statement_list (constructor_list.head, os);
4745 }
4746 break;
4747 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
4748 print_wild_statement (&s->wild_statement, os);
4749 break;
4750 case lang_address_statement_enum:
4751 print_address_statement (&s->address_statement);
4752 break;
4753 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
4754 minfo (" CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS\n");
4755 break;
4756 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
4757 print_fill_statement (&s->fill_statement);
4758 break;
4759 case lang_data_statement_enum:
4760 print_data_statement (&s->data_statement);
4761 break;
4762 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
4763 print_reloc_statement (&s->reloc_statement);
4764 break;
4765 case lang_input_section_enum:
4766 print_input_section (s->input_section.section, FALSE);
4767 break;
4768 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
4769 print_padding_statement (&s->padding_statement);
4770 break;
4771 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
4772 print_output_section_statement (&s->output_section_statement);
4773 break;
4774 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
4775 print_assignment (&s->assignment_statement, os);
4776 break;
4777 case lang_target_statement_enum:
4778 fprintf (config.map_file, "TARGET(%s)\n", s->target_statement.target);
4779 break;
4780 case lang_output_statement_enum:
4781 minfo ("OUTPUT(%s", s->output_statement.name);
4782 if (output_target != NULL)
4783 minfo (" %s", output_target);
4784 minfo (")\n");
4785 break;
4786 case lang_input_statement_enum:
4787 print_input_statement (&s->input_statement);
4788 break;
4789 case lang_group_statement_enum:
4790 print_group (&s->group_statement, os);
4791 break;
4792 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
4793 minfo ("INSERT %s %s\n",
4794 s->insert_statement.is_before ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER",
4795 s->insert_statement.where);
4796 break;
4797 }
4798 }
4799
4800 static void
4801 print_statements (void)
4802 {
4803 print_statement_list (statement_list.head, abs_output_section);
4804 }
4805
4806 /* Print the first N statements in statement list S to STDERR.
4807 If N == 0, nothing is printed.
4808 If N < 0, the entire list is printed.
4809 Intended to be called from GDB. */
4810
4811 void
4812 dprint_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s, int n)
4813 {
4814 FILE *map_save = config.map_file;
4815
4816 config.map_file = stderr;
4817
4818 if (n < 0)
4819 print_statement_list (s, abs_output_section);
4820 else
4821 {
4822 while (s && --n >= 0)
4823 {
4824 print_statement (s, abs_output_section);
4825 s = s->header.next;
4826 }
4827 }
4828
4829 config.map_file = map_save;
4830 }
4831
4832 static void
4833 insert_pad (lang_statement_union_type **ptr,
4834 fill_type *fill,
4835 bfd_size_type alignment_needed,
4836 asection *output_section,
4837 bfd_vma dot)
4838 {
4839 static fill_type zero_fill;
4840 lang_statement_union_type *pad = NULL;
4841
4842 if (ptr != &statement_list.head)
4843 pad = ((lang_statement_union_type *)
4844 ((char *) ptr - offsetof (lang_statement_union_type, header.next)));
4845 if (pad != NULL
4846 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
4847 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
4848 {
4849 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
4850 }
4851 else if ((pad = *ptr) != NULL
4852 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
4853 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
4854 {
4855 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
4856 }
4857 else
4858 {
4859 /* Make a new padding statement, linked into existing chain. */
4860 pad = (lang_statement_union_type *)
4861 stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_padding_statement_type));
4862 pad->header.next = *ptr;
4863 *ptr = pad;
4864 pad->header.type = lang_padding_statement_enum;
4865 pad->padding_statement.output_section = output_section;
4866 if (fill == NULL)
4867 fill = &zero_fill;
4868 pad->padding_statement.fill = fill;
4869 }
4870 pad->padding_statement.output_offset = dot - output_section->vma;
4871 pad->padding_statement.size = alignment_needed;
4872 if (!(output_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
4873 output_section->size = TO_SIZE (dot + TO_ADDR (alignment_needed)
4874 - output_section->vma);
4875 }
4876
4877 /* Work out how much this section will move the dot point. */
4878
4879 static bfd_vma
4880 size_input_section
4881 (lang_statement_union_type **this_ptr,
4882 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
4883 fill_type *fill,
4884 bfd_vma dot)
4885 {
4886 lang_input_section_type *is = &((*this_ptr)->input_section);
4887 asection *i = is->section;
4888 asection *o = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
4889
4890 if (i->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS)
4891 i->output_offset = i->vma - o->vma;
4892 else if (((i->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
4893 || output_section_statement->ignored)
4894 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
4895 else
4896 {
4897 bfd_size_type alignment_needed;
4898
4899 /* Align this section first to the input sections requirement,
4900 then to the output section's requirement. If this alignment
4901 is greater than any seen before, then record it too. Perform
4902 the alignment by inserting a magic 'padding' statement. */
4903
4904 if (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment != NULL)
4905 i->alignment_power
4906 = exp_get_power (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment,
4907 "subsection alignment");
4908
4909 if (o->alignment_power < i->alignment_power)
4910 o->alignment_power = i->alignment_power;
4911
4912 alignment_needed = align_power (dot, i->alignment_power) - dot;
4913
4914 if (alignment_needed != 0)
4915 {
4916 insert_pad (this_ptr, fill, TO_SIZE (alignment_needed), o, dot);
4917 dot += alignment_needed;
4918 }
4919
4920 /* Remember where in the output section this input section goes. */
4921 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
4922
4923 /* Mark how big the output section must be to contain this now. */
4924 dot += TO_ADDR (i->size);
4925 if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
4926 o->size = TO_SIZE (dot - o->vma);
4927 }
4928
4929 return dot;
4930 }
4931
4932 struct check_sec
4933 {
4934 asection *sec;
4935 bfd_boolean warned;
4936 };
4937
4938 static int
4939 sort_sections_by_lma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4940 {
4941 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
4942 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
4943
4944 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
4945 return -1;
4946 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
4947 return 1;
4948 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
4949 return -1;
4950 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
4951 return 1;
4952
4953 return 0;
4954 }
4955
4956 static int
4957 sort_sections_by_vma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4958 {
4959 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
4960 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
4961
4962 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
4963 return -1;
4964 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
4965 return 1;
4966 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
4967 return -1;
4968 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
4969 return 1;
4970
4971 return 0;
4972 }
4973
4974 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
4975 ((s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4976
4977 #define IGNORE_SECTION(s) \
4978 ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 || IS_TBSS (s))
4979
4980 /* Check to see if any allocated sections overlap with other allocated
4981 sections. This can happen if a linker script specifies the output
4982 section addresses of the two sections. Also check whether any memory
4983 region has overflowed. */
4984
4985 static void
4986 lang_check_section_addresses (void)
4987 {
4988 asection *s, *p;
4989 struct check_sec *sections;
4990 size_t i, count;
4991 bfd_vma addr_mask;
4992 bfd_vma s_start;
4993 bfd_vma s_end;
4994 bfd_vma p_start = 0;
4995 bfd_vma p_end = 0;
4996 lang_memory_region_type *m;
4997 bfd_boolean overlays;
4998
4999 /* Detect address space overflow on allocated sections. */
5000 addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 <<
5001 (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (link_info.output_bfd) - 1)) - 1;
5002 addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1;
5003 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5004 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5005 {
5006 s_end = (s->vma + s->size) & addr_mask;
5007 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->vma & addr_mask))
5008 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA wraps around address space\n"),
5009 s->name);
5010 else
5011 {
5012 s_end = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask;
5013 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->lma & addr_mask))
5014 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA wraps around address space\n"),
5015 s->name);
5016 }
5017 }
5018
5019 if (bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd) <= 1)
5020 return;
5021
5022 count = bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd);
5023 sections = XNEWVEC (struct check_sec, count);
5024
5025 /* Scan all sections in the output list. */
5026 count = 0;
5027 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5028 {
5029 if (IGNORE_SECTION (s)
5030 || s->size == 0)
5031 continue;
5032
5033 sections[count].sec = s;
5034 sections[count].warned = FALSE;
5035 count++;
5036 }
5037
5038 if (count <= 1)
5039 {
5040 free (sections);
5041 return;
5042 }
5043
5044 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_lma);
5045
5046 /* First check section LMAs. There should be no overlap of LMAs on
5047 loadable sections, even with overlays. */
5048 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
5049 {
5050 s = sections[i].sec;
5051 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
5052 {
5053 s_start = s->lma;
5054 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
5055
5056 /* Look for an overlap. We have sorted sections by lma, so
5057 we know that s_start >= p_start. Besides the obvious
5058 case of overlap when the current section starts before
5059 the previous one ends, we also must have overlap if the
5060 previous section wraps around the address space. */
5061 if (p != NULL
5062 && (s_start <= p_end
5063 || p_end < p_start))
5064 {
5065 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA [%V,%V]"
5066 " overlaps section %s LMA [%V,%V]\n"),
5067 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
5068 sections[i].warned = TRUE;
5069 }
5070 p = s;
5071 p_start = s_start;
5072 p_end = s_end;
5073 }
5074 }
5075
5076 /* If any non-zero size allocated section (excluding tbss) starts at
5077 exactly the same VMA as another such section, then we have
5078 overlays. Overlays generated by the OVERLAY keyword will have
5079 this property. It is possible to intentionally generate overlays
5080 that fail this test, but it would be unusual. */
5081 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_vma);
5082 overlays = FALSE;
5083 p_start = sections[0].sec->vma;
5084 for (i = 1; i < count; i++)
5085 {
5086 s_start = sections[i].sec->vma;
5087 if (p_start == s_start)
5088 {
5089 overlays = TRUE;
5090 break;
5091 }
5092 p_start = s_start;
5093 }
5094
5095 /* Now check section VMAs if no overlays were detected. */
5096 if (!overlays)
5097 {
5098 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
5099 {
5100 s = sections[i].sec;
5101 s_start = s->vma;
5102 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
5103
5104 if (p != NULL
5105 && !sections[i].warned
5106 && (s_start <= p_end
5107 || p_end < p_start))
5108 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA [%V,%V]"
5109 " overlaps section %s VMA [%V,%V]\n"),
5110 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
5111 p = s;
5112 p_start = s_start;
5113 p_end = s_end;
5114 }
5115 }
5116
5117 free (sections);
5118
5119 /* If any memory region has overflowed, report by how much.
5120 We do not issue this diagnostic for regions that had sections
5121 explicitly placed outside their bounds; os_region_check's
5122 diagnostics are adequate for that case.
5123
5124 FIXME: It is conceivable that m->current - (m->origin + m->length)
5125 might overflow a 32-bit integer. There is, alas, no way to print
5126 a bfd_vma quantity in decimal. */
5127 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m; m = m->next)
5128 if (m->had_full_message)
5129 {
5130 unsigned long over = m->current - (m->origin + m->length);
5131 einfo (ngettext ("%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu byte\n",
5132 "%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu bytes\n",
5133 over),
5134 m->name_list.name, over);
5135 }
5136 }
5137
5138 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. We explicitly permit the
5139 current address to be at the exact end of the region when the address is
5140 non-zero, in case the region is at the end of addressable memory and the
5141 calculation wraps around. */
5142
5143 static void
5144 os_region_check (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
5145 lang_memory_region_type *region,
5146 etree_type *tree,
5147 bfd_vma rbase)
5148 {
5149 if ((region->current < region->origin
5150 || (region->current - region->origin > region->length))
5151 && ((region->current != region->origin + region->length)
5152 || rbase == 0))
5153 {
5154 if (tree != NULL)
5155 {
5156 einfo (_("%X%P: address 0x%v of %pB section `%s'"
5157 " is not within region `%s'\n"),
5158 region->current,
5159 os->bfd_section->owner,
5160 os->bfd_section->name,
5161 region->name_list.name);
5162 }
5163 else if (!region->had_full_message)
5164 {
5165 region->had_full_message = TRUE;
5166
5167 einfo (_("%X%P: %pB section `%s' will not fit in region `%s'\n"),
5168 os->bfd_section->owner,
5169 os->bfd_section->name,
5170 region->name_list.name);
5171 }
5172 }
5173 }
5174
5175 static void
5176 ldlang_check_relro_region (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5177 seg_align_type *seg)
5178 {
5179 if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_start)
5180 {
5181 if (!seg->relro_start_stat)
5182 seg->relro_start_stat = s;
5183 else
5184 {
5185 ASSERT (seg->relro_start_stat == s);
5186 }
5187 }
5188 else if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_end)
5189 {
5190 if (!seg->relro_end_stat)
5191 seg->relro_end_stat = s;
5192 else
5193 {
5194 ASSERT (seg->relro_end_stat == s);
5195 }
5196 }
5197 }
5198
5199 /* Set the sizes for all the output sections. */
5200
5201 static bfd_vma
5202 lang_size_sections_1
5203 (lang_statement_union_type **prev,
5204 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
5205 fill_type *fill,
5206 bfd_vma dot,
5207 bfd_boolean *relax,
5208 bfd_boolean check_regions)
5209 {
5210 lang_statement_union_type *s;
5211
5212 /* Size up the sections from their constituent parts. */
5213 for (s = *prev; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
5214 {
5215 switch (s->header.type)
5216 {
5217 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5218 {
5219 bfd_vma newdot, after, dotdelta;
5220 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5221 lang_memory_region_type *r;
5222 int section_alignment = 0;
5223
5224 os = &s->output_section_statement;
5225 if (os->constraint == -1)
5226 break;
5227
5228 /* FIXME: We shouldn't need to zero section vmas for ld -r
5229 here, in lang_insert_orphan, or in the default linker scripts.
5230 This is covering for coff backend linker bugs. See PR6945. */
5231 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
5232 && bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5233 && (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5234 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5235 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
5236 if (os->addr_tree != NULL)
5237 {
5238 os->processed_vma = FALSE;
5239 exp_fold_tree (os->addr_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5240
5241 if (expld.result.valid_p)
5242 {
5243 dot = expld.result.value;
5244 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
5245 dot += expld.result.section->vma;
5246 }
5247 else if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5248 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: non constant or forward reference"
5249 " address expression for section %s\n"),
5250 os->addr_tree, os->name);
5251 }
5252
5253 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
5254 /* This section was removed or never actually created. */
5255 break;
5256
5257 /* If this is a COFF shared library section, use the size and
5258 address from the input section. FIXME: This is COFF
5259 specific; it would be cleaner if there were some other way
5260 to do this, but nothing simple comes to mind. */
5261 if (((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5262 == bfd_target_ecoff_flavour)
5263 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5264 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5265 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY) != 0)
5266 {
5267 asection *input;
5268
5269 if (os->children.head == NULL
5270 || os->children.head->header.next != NULL
5271 || (os->children.head->header.type
5272 != lang_input_section_enum))
5273 einfo (_("%X%P: internal error on COFF shared library"
5274 " section %s\n"), os->name);
5275
5276 input = os->children.head->input_section.section;
5277 bfd_set_section_vma (os->bfd_section->owner,
5278 os->bfd_section,
5279 bfd_section_vma (input->owner, input));
5280 if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5281 os->bfd_section->size = input->size;
5282 break;
5283 }
5284
5285 newdot = dot;
5286 dotdelta = 0;
5287 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section))
5288 {
5289 /* No matter what happens, an abs section starts at zero. */
5290 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->vma == 0);
5291 }
5292 else
5293 {
5294 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
5295 {
5296 /* No address specified for this section, get one
5297 from the region specification. */
5298 if (os->region == NULL
5299 || ((os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
5300 && os->region->name_list.name[0] == '*'
5301 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5302 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0))
5303 {
5304 os->region = lang_memory_default (os->bfd_section);
5305 }
5306
5307 /* If a loadable section is using the default memory
5308 region, and some non default memory regions were
5309 defined, issue an error message. */
5310 if (!os->ignored
5311 && !IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5312 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5313 && check_regions
5314 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5315 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
5316 && lang_memory_region_list != NULL
5317 && (strcmp (lang_memory_region_list->name_list.name,
5318 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) != 0
5319 || lang_memory_region_list->next != NULL)
5320 && expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5321 {
5322 /* By default this is an error rather than just a
5323 warning because if we allocate the section to the
5324 default memory region we can end up creating an
5325 excessively large binary, or even seg faulting when
5326 attempting to perform a negative seek. See
5327 sources.redhat.com/ml/binutils/2003-04/msg00423.html
5328 for an example of this. This behaviour can be
5329 overridden by the using the --no-check-sections
5330 switch. */
5331 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
5332 einfo (_("%F%P: error: no memory region specified"
5333 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5334 bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd,
5335 os->bfd_section));
5336 else
5337 einfo (_("%P: warning: no memory region specified"
5338 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5339 bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd,
5340 os->bfd_section));
5341 }
5342
5343 newdot = os->region->current;
5344 section_alignment = os->bfd_section->alignment_power;
5345 }
5346 else
5347 section_alignment = exp_get_power (os->section_alignment,
5348 "section alignment");
5349
5350 /* Align to what the section needs. */
5351 if (section_alignment > 0)
5352 {
5353 bfd_vma savedot = newdot;
5354 newdot = align_power (newdot, section_alignment);
5355
5356 dotdelta = newdot - savedot;
5357 if (dotdelta != 0
5358 && (config.warn_section_align
5359 || os->addr_tree != NULL)
5360 && expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5361 einfo (ngettext ("%P: warning: changing start of "
5362 "section %s by %lu byte\n",
5363 "%P: warning: changing start of "
5364 "section %s by %lu bytes\n",
5365 (unsigned long) dotdelta),
5366 os->name, (unsigned long) dotdelta);
5367 }
5368
5369 bfd_set_section_vma (0, os->bfd_section, newdot);
5370
5371 os->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
5372 }
5373
5374 lang_size_sections_1 (&os->children.head, os,
5375 os->fill, newdot, relax, check_regions);
5376
5377 os->processed_vma = TRUE;
5378
5379 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5380 /* Except for some special linker created sections,
5381 no output section should change from zero size
5382 after strip_excluded_output_sections. A non-zero
5383 size on an ignored section indicates that some
5384 input section was not sized early enough. */
5385 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->size == 0);
5386 else
5387 {
5388 dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
5389
5390 /* Put the section within the requested block size, or
5391 align at the block boundary. */
5392 after = ((dot
5393 + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size)
5394 + os->block_value - 1)
5395 & - (bfd_vma) os->block_value);
5396
5397 if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5398 os->bfd_section->size = TO_SIZE (after
5399 - os->bfd_section->vma);
5400 }
5401
5402 /* Set section lma. */
5403 r = os->region;
5404 if (r == NULL)
5405 r = lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
5406
5407 if (os->load_base)
5408 {
5409 bfd_vma lma = exp_get_abs_int (os->load_base, 0, "load base");
5410 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5411 }
5412 else if (os->lma_region != NULL)
5413 {
5414 bfd_vma lma = os->lma_region->current;
5415
5416 if (os->align_lma_with_input)
5417 lma += dotdelta;
5418 else
5419 {
5420 /* When LMA_REGION is the same as REGION, align the LMA
5421 as we did for the VMA, possibly including alignment
5422 from the bfd section. If a different region, then
5423 only align according to the value in the output
5424 statement. */
5425 if (os->lma_region != os->region)
5426 section_alignment = exp_get_power (os->section_alignment,
5427 "section alignment");
5428 if (section_alignment > 0)
5429 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5430 }
5431 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5432 }
5433 else if (r->last_os != NULL
5434 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5435 {
5436 bfd_vma lma;
5437 asection *last;
5438
5439 last = r->last_os->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
5440
5441 /* A backwards move of dot should be accompanied by
5442 an explicit assignment to the section LMA (ie.
5443 os->load_base set) because backwards moves can
5444 create overlapping LMAs. */
5445 if (dot < last->vma
5446 && os->bfd_section->size != 0
5447 && dot + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size) <= last->vma)
5448 {
5449 /* If dot moved backwards then leave lma equal to
5450 vma. This is the old default lma, which might
5451 just happen to work when the backwards move is
5452 sufficiently large. Nag if this changes anything,
5453 so people can fix their linker scripts. */
5454
5455 if (last->vma != last->lma)
5456 einfo (_("%P: warning: dot moved backwards "
5457 "before `%s'\n"), os->name);
5458 }
5459 else
5460 {
5461 /* If this is an overlay, set the current lma to that
5462 at the end of the previous section. */
5463 if (os->sectype == overlay_section)
5464 lma = last->lma + TO_ADDR (last->size);
5465
5466 /* Otherwise, keep the same lma to vma relationship
5467 as the previous section. */
5468 else
5469 lma = dot + last->lma - last->vma;
5470
5471 if (section_alignment > 0)
5472 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5473 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5474 }
5475 }
5476 os->processed_lma = TRUE;
5477
5478 /* Keep track of normal sections using the default
5479 lma region. We use this to set the lma for
5480 following sections. Overlays or other linker
5481 script assignment to lma might mean that the
5482 default lma == vma is incorrect.
5483 To avoid warnings about dot moving backwards when using
5484 -Ttext, don't start tracking sections until we find one
5485 of non-zero size or with lma set differently to vma.
5486 Do this tracking before we short-cut the loop so that we
5487 track changes for the case where the section size is zero,
5488 but the lma is set differently to the vma. This is
5489 important, if an orphan section is placed after an
5490 otherwise empty output section that has an explicit lma
5491 set, we want that lma reflected in the orphans lma. */
5492 if (((!IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5493 && (os->bfd_section->size != 0
5494 || (r->last_os == NULL
5495 && os->bfd_section->vma != os->bfd_section->lma)
5496 || (r->last_os != NULL
5497 && dot >= (r->last_os->output_section_statement
5498 .bfd_section->vma))))
5499 || os->sectype == first_overlay_section)
5500 && os->lma_region == NULL
5501 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5502 r->last_os = s;
5503
5504 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5505 break;
5506
5507 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
5508 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
5509 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5510 dotdelta = TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
5511 else
5512 dotdelta = 0;
5513 dot += dotdelta;
5514
5515 if (os->update_dot_tree != 0)
5516 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5517
5518 /* Update dot in the region ?
5519 We only do this if the section is going to be allocated,
5520 since unallocated sections do not contribute to the region's
5521 overall size in memory. */
5522 if (os->region != NULL
5523 && (os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
5524 {
5525 os->region->current = dot;
5526
5527 if (check_regions)
5528 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. */
5529 os_region_check (os, os->region, os->addr_tree,
5530 os->bfd_section->vma);
5531
5532 if (os->lma_region != NULL && os->lma_region != os->region
5533 && ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_LOAD)
5534 || os->align_lma_with_input))
5535 {
5536 os->lma_region->current = os->bfd_section->lma + dotdelta;
5537
5538 if (check_regions)
5539 os_region_check (os, os->lma_region, NULL,
5540 os->bfd_section->lma);
5541 }
5542 }
5543 }
5544 break;
5545
5546 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5547 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&constructor_list.head,
5548 output_section_statement,
5549 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5550 break;
5551
5552 case lang_data_statement_enum:
5553 {
5554 unsigned int size = 0;
5555
5556 s->data_statement.output_offset =
5557 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5558 s->data_statement.output_section =
5559 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5560
5561 /* We might refer to provided symbols in the expression, and
5562 need to mark them as needed. */
5563 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5564
5565 switch (s->data_statement.type)
5566 {
5567 default:
5568 abort ();
5569 case QUAD:
5570 case SQUAD:
5571 size = QUAD_SIZE;
5572 break;
5573 case LONG:
5574 size = LONG_SIZE;
5575 break;
5576 case SHORT:
5577 size = SHORT_SIZE;
5578 break;
5579 case BYTE:
5580 size = BYTE_SIZE;
5581 break;
5582 }
5583 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
5584 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
5585 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5586 if (!(output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags
5587 & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5588 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
5589 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
5590
5591 }
5592 break;
5593
5594 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
5595 {
5596 int size;
5597
5598 s->reloc_statement.output_offset =
5599 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5600 s->reloc_statement.output_section =
5601 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5602 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto);
5603 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5604 if (!(output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags
5605 & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5606 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
5607 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
5608 }
5609 break;
5610
5611 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
5612 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->wild_statement.children.head,
5613 output_section_statement,
5614 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5615 break;
5616
5617 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
5618 link_info.create_object_symbols_section
5619 = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5620 output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
5621 break;
5622
5623 case lang_output_statement_enum:
5624 case lang_target_statement_enum:
5625 break;
5626
5627 case lang_input_section_enum:
5628 {
5629 asection *i;
5630
5631 i = s->input_section.section;
5632 if (relax)
5633 {
5634 bfd_boolean again;
5635
5636 if (!bfd_relax_section (i->owner, i, &link_info, &again))
5637 einfo (_("%F%P: can't relax section: %E\n"));
5638 if (again)
5639 *relax = TRUE;
5640 }
5641 dot = size_input_section (prev, output_section_statement,
5642 fill, dot);
5643 }
5644 break;
5645
5646 case lang_input_statement_enum:
5647 break;
5648
5649 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
5650 s->fill_statement.output_section =
5651 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5652
5653 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
5654 break;
5655
5656 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
5657 {
5658 bfd_vma newdot = dot;
5659 etree_type *tree = s->assignment_statement.exp;
5660
5661 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
5662
5663 exp_fold_tree (tree,
5664 output_section_statement->bfd_section,
5665 &newdot);
5666
5667 ldlang_check_relro_region (s, &expld.dataseg);
5668
5669 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
5670
5671 /* This symbol may be relative to this section. */
5672 if ((tree->type.node_class == etree_provided
5673 || tree->type.node_class == etree_assign)
5674 && (tree->assign.dst [0] != '.'
5675 || tree->assign.dst [1] != '\0'))
5676 output_section_statement->update_dot = 1;
5677
5678 if (!output_section_statement->ignored)
5679 {
5680 if (output_section_statement == abs_output_section)
5681 {
5682 /* If we don't have an output section, then just adjust
5683 the default memory address. */
5684 lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION,
5685 FALSE)->current = newdot;
5686 }
5687 else if (newdot != dot)
5688 {
5689 /* Insert a pad after this statement. We can't
5690 put the pad before when relaxing, in case the
5691 assignment references dot. */
5692 insert_pad (&s->header.next, fill, TO_SIZE (newdot - dot),
5693 output_section_statement->bfd_section, dot);
5694
5695 /* Don't neuter the pad below when relaxing. */
5696 s = s->header.next;
5697
5698 /* If dot is advanced, this implies that the section
5699 should have space allocated to it, unless the
5700 user has explicitly stated that the section
5701 should not be allocated. */
5702 if (output_section_statement->sectype != noalloc_section
5703 && (output_section_statement->sectype != noload_section
5704 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5705 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)))
5706 output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
5707 }
5708 dot = newdot;
5709 }
5710 }
5711 break;
5712
5713 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
5714 /* If this is the first time lang_size_sections is called,
5715 we won't have any padding statements. If this is the
5716 second or later passes when relaxing, we should allow
5717 padding to shrink. If padding is needed on this pass, it
5718 will be added back in. */
5719 s->padding_statement.size = 0;
5720
5721 /* Make sure output_offset is valid. If relaxation shrinks
5722 the section and this pad isn't needed, it's possible to
5723 have output_offset larger than the final size of the
5724 section. bfd_set_section_contents will complain even for
5725 a pad size of zero. */
5726 s->padding_statement.output_offset
5727 = dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5728 break;
5729
5730 case lang_group_statement_enum:
5731 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->group_statement.children.head,
5732 output_section_statement,
5733 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5734 break;
5735
5736 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
5737 break;
5738
5739 /* We can only get here when relaxing is turned on. */
5740 case lang_address_statement_enum:
5741 break;
5742
5743 default:
5744 FAIL ();
5745 break;
5746 }
5747 prev = &s->header.next;
5748 }
5749 return dot;
5750 }
5751
5752 /* Callback routine that is used in _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments.
5753 The BFD library has set NEW_SEGMENT to TRUE iff it thinks that
5754 CURRENT_SECTION and PREVIOUS_SECTION ought to be placed into different
5755 segments. We are allowed an opportunity to override this decision. */
5756
5757 bfd_boolean
5758 ldlang_override_segment_assignment (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5759 bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5760 asection *current_section,
5761 asection *previous_section,
5762 bfd_boolean new_segment)
5763 {
5764 lang_output_section_statement_type *cur;
5765 lang_output_section_statement_type *prev;
5766
5767 /* The checks below are only necessary when the BFD library has decided
5768 that the two sections ought to be placed into the same segment. */
5769 if (new_segment)
5770 return TRUE;
5771
5772 /* Paranoia checks. */
5773 if (current_section == NULL || previous_section == NULL)
5774 return new_segment;
5775
5776 /* If this flag is set, the target never wants code and non-code
5777 sections comingled in the same segment. */
5778 if (config.separate_code
5779 && ((current_section->flags ^ previous_section->flags) & SEC_CODE))
5780 return TRUE;
5781
5782 /* Find the memory regions associated with the two sections.
5783 We call lang_output_section_find() here rather than scanning the list
5784 of output sections looking for a matching section pointer because if
5785 we have a large number of sections then a hash lookup is faster. */
5786 cur = lang_output_section_find (current_section->name);
5787 prev = lang_output_section_find (previous_section->name);
5788
5789 /* More paranoia. */
5790 if (cur == NULL || prev == NULL)
5791 return new_segment;
5792
5793 /* If the regions are different then force the sections to live in
5794 different segments. See the email thread starting at the following
5795 URL for the reasons why this is necessary:
5796 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00216.html */
5797 return cur->region != prev->region;
5798 }
5799
5800 void
5801 one_lang_size_sections_pass (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5802 {
5803 lang_statement_iteration++;
5804 lang_size_sections_1 (&statement_list.head, abs_output_section,
5805 0, 0, relax, check_regions);
5806 }
5807
5808 static bfd_boolean
5809 lang_size_segment (seg_align_type *seg)
5810 {
5811 /* If XXX_SEGMENT_ALIGN XXX_SEGMENT_END pair was seen, check whether
5812 a page could be saved in the data segment. */
5813 bfd_vma first, last;
5814
5815 first = -seg->base & (seg->pagesize - 1);
5816 last = seg->end & (seg->pagesize - 1);
5817 if (first && last
5818 && ((seg->base & ~(seg->pagesize - 1))
5819 != (seg->end & ~(seg->pagesize - 1)))
5820 && first + last <= seg->pagesize)
5821 {
5822 seg->phase = exp_seg_adjust;
5823 return TRUE;
5824 }
5825
5826 seg->phase = exp_seg_done;
5827 return FALSE;
5828 }
5829
5830 static bfd_vma
5831 lang_size_relro_segment_1 (seg_align_type *seg)
5832 {
5833 bfd_vma relro_end, desired_end;
5834 asection *sec;
5835
5836 /* Compute the expected PT_GNU_RELRO/PT_LOAD segment end. */
5837 relro_end = ((seg->relro_end + seg->pagesize - 1)
5838 & ~(seg->pagesize - 1));
5839
5840 /* Adjust by the offset arg of XXX_SEGMENT_RELRO_END. */
5841 desired_end = relro_end - seg->relro_offset;
5842
5843 /* For sections in the relro segment.. */
5844 for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->section_last; sec; sec = sec->prev)
5845 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
5846 && sec->vma >= seg->base
5847 && sec->vma < seg->relro_end - seg->relro_offset)
5848 {
5849 /* Where do we want to put this section so that it ends as
5850 desired? */
5851 bfd_vma start, end, bump;
5852
5853 end = start = sec->vma;
5854 if (!IS_TBSS (sec))
5855 end += TO_ADDR (sec->size);
5856 bump = desired_end - end;
5857 /* We'd like to increase START by BUMP, but we must heed
5858 alignment so the increase might be less than optimum. */
5859 start += bump;
5860 start &= ~(((bfd_vma) 1 << sec->alignment_power) - 1);
5861 /* This is now the desired end for the previous section. */
5862 desired_end = start;
5863 }
5864
5865 seg->phase = exp_seg_relro_adjust;
5866 ASSERT (desired_end >= seg->base);
5867 seg->base = desired_end;
5868 return relro_end;
5869 }
5870
5871 static bfd_boolean
5872 lang_size_relro_segment (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5873 {
5874 bfd_boolean do_reset = FALSE;
5875 bfd_boolean do_data_relro;
5876 bfd_vma data_initial_base, data_relro_end;
5877
5878 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
5879 {
5880 do_data_relro = TRUE;
5881 data_initial_base = expld.dataseg.base;
5882 data_relro_end = lang_size_relro_segment_1 (&expld.dataseg);
5883 }
5884 else
5885 {
5886 do_data_relro = FALSE;
5887 data_initial_base = data_relro_end = 0;
5888 }
5889
5890 if (do_data_relro)
5891 {
5892 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
5893 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5894
5895 /* Assignments to dot, or to output section address in a user
5896 script have increased padding over the original. Revert. */
5897 if (do_data_relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end > data_relro_end)
5898 {
5899 expld.dataseg.base = data_initial_base;;
5900 do_reset = TRUE;
5901 }
5902 }
5903
5904 if (!do_data_relro && lang_size_segment (&expld.dataseg))
5905 do_reset = TRUE;
5906
5907 return do_reset;
5908 }
5909
5910 void
5911 lang_size_sections (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5912 {
5913 expld.phase = lang_allocating_phase_enum;
5914 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
5915
5916 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5917
5918 if (expld.dataseg.phase != exp_seg_end_seen)
5919 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_done;
5920
5921 if (expld.dataseg.phase == exp_seg_end_seen)
5922 {
5923 bfd_boolean do_reset
5924 = lang_size_relro_segment (relax, check_regions);
5925
5926 if (do_reset)
5927 {
5928 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
5929 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5930 }
5931
5932 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
5933 {
5934 link_info.relro_start = expld.dataseg.base;
5935 link_info.relro_end = expld.dataseg.relro_end;
5936 }
5937 }
5938 }
5939
5940 static lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section;
5941 static lang_assignment_statement_type *current_assign;
5942 static bfd_boolean prefer_next_section;
5943
5944 /* Worker function for lang_do_assignments. Recursiveness goes here. */
5945
5946 static bfd_vma
5947 lang_do_assignments_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5948 lang_output_section_statement_type *current_os,
5949 fill_type *fill,
5950 bfd_vma dot,
5951 bfd_boolean *found_end)
5952 {
5953 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
5954 {
5955 switch (s->header.type)
5956 {
5957 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5958 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (constructor_list.head,
5959 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
5960 break;
5961
5962 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5963 {
5964 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5965 bfd_vma newdot;
5966
5967 os = &(s->output_section_statement);
5968 os->after_end = *found_end;
5969 if (os->bfd_section != NULL && !os->ignored)
5970 {
5971 if ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5972 {
5973 current_section = os;
5974 prefer_next_section = FALSE;
5975 }
5976 dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
5977 }
5978 newdot = lang_do_assignments_1 (os->children.head,
5979 os, os->fill, dot, found_end);
5980 if (!os->ignored)
5981 {
5982 if (os->bfd_section != NULL)
5983 {
5984 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
5985 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
5986 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5987 dot += TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
5988
5989 if (os->update_dot_tree != NULL)
5990 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree,
5991 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5992 }
5993 else
5994 dot = newdot;
5995 }
5996 }
5997 break;
5998
5999 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
6000
6001 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->wild_statement.children.head,
6002 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6003 break;
6004
6005 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
6006 case lang_output_statement_enum:
6007 case lang_target_statement_enum:
6008 break;
6009
6010 case lang_data_statement_enum:
6011 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6012 if (expld.result.valid_p)
6013 {
6014 s->data_statement.value = expld.result.value;
6015 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
6016 s->data_statement.value += expld.result.section->vma;
6017 }
6018 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
6019 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid data statement\n"));
6020 {
6021 unsigned int size;
6022 switch (s->data_statement.type)
6023 {
6024 default:
6025 abort ();
6026 case QUAD:
6027 case SQUAD:
6028 size = QUAD_SIZE;
6029 break;
6030 case LONG:
6031 size = LONG_SIZE;
6032 break;
6033 case SHORT:
6034 size = SHORT_SIZE;
6035 break;
6036 case BYTE:
6037 size = BYTE_SIZE;
6038 break;
6039 }
6040 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
6041 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
6042 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
6043 }
6044 break;
6045
6046 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
6047 exp_fold_tree (s->reloc_statement.addend_exp,
6048 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6049 if (expld.result.valid_p)
6050 s->reloc_statement.addend_value = expld.result.value;
6051 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
6052 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid reloc statement\n"));
6053 dot += TO_ADDR (bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto));
6054 break;
6055
6056 case lang_input_section_enum:
6057 {
6058 asection *in = s->input_section.section;
6059
6060 if ((in->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0)
6061 dot += TO_ADDR (in->size);
6062 }
6063 break;
6064
6065 case lang_input_statement_enum:
6066 break;
6067
6068 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
6069 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
6070 break;
6071
6072 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
6073 current_assign = &s->assignment_statement;
6074 if (current_assign->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
6075 {
6076 const char *p = current_assign->exp->assign.dst;
6077
6078 if (current_os == abs_output_section && p[0] == '.' && p[1] == 0)
6079 prefer_next_section = TRUE;
6080
6081 while (*p == '_')
6082 ++p;
6083 if (strcmp (p, "end") == 0)
6084 *found_end = TRUE;
6085 }
6086 exp_fold_tree (s->assignment_statement.exp,
6087 (current_os->bfd_section != NULL
6088 ? current_os->bfd_section : bfd_und_section_ptr),
6089 &dot);
6090 break;
6091
6092 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
6093 dot += TO_ADDR (s->padding_statement.size);
6094 break;
6095
6096 case lang_group_statement_enum:
6097 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
6098 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6099 break;
6100
6101 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
6102 break;
6103
6104 case lang_address_statement_enum:
6105 break;
6106
6107 default:
6108 FAIL ();
6109 break;
6110 }
6111 }
6112 return dot;
6113 }
6114
6115 void
6116 lang_do_assignments (lang_phase_type phase)
6117 {
6118 bfd_boolean found_end = FALSE;
6119
6120 current_section = NULL;
6121 prefer_next_section = FALSE;
6122 expld.phase = phase;
6123 lang_statement_iteration++;
6124 lang_do_assignments_1 (statement_list.head,
6125 abs_output_section, NULL, 0, &found_end);
6126 }
6127
6128 /* For an assignment statement outside of an output section statement,
6129 choose the best of neighbouring output sections to use for values
6130 of "dot". */
6131
6132 asection *
6133 section_for_dot (void)
6134 {
6135 asection *s;
6136
6137 /* Assignments belong to the previous output section, unless there
6138 has been an assignment to "dot", in which case following
6139 assignments belong to the next output section. (The assumption
6140 is that an assignment to "dot" is setting up the address for the
6141 next output section.) Except that past the assignment to "_end"
6142 we always associate with the previous section. This exception is
6143 for targets like SH that define an alloc .stack or other
6144 weirdness after non-alloc sections. */
6145 if (current_section == NULL || prefer_next_section)
6146 {
6147 lang_statement_union_type *stmt;
6148 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6149
6150 for (stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) current_assign;
6151 stmt != NULL;
6152 stmt = stmt->header.next)
6153 if (stmt->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
6154 break;
6155
6156 os = &stmt->output_section_statement;
6157 while (os != NULL
6158 && !os->after_end
6159 && (os->bfd_section == NULL
6160 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
6161 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
6162 os->bfd_section)))
6163 os = os->next;
6164
6165 if (current_section == NULL || os == NULL || !os->after_end)
6166 {
6167 if (os != NULL)
6168 s = os->bfd_section;
6169 else
6170 s = link_info.output_bfd->section_last;
6171 while (s != NULL
6172 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6173 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
6174 s = s->prev;
6175 if (s != NULL)
6176 return s;
6177
6178 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6179 }
6180 }
6181
6182 s = current_section->bfd_section;
6183
6184 /* The section may have been stripped. */
6185 while (s != NULL
6186 && ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
6187 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6188 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
6189 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd, s)))
6190 s = s->prev;
6191 if (s == NULL)
6192 s = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
6193 while (s != NULL
6194 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6195 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
6196 s = s->next;
6197 if (s != NULL)
6198 return s;
6199
6200 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6201 }
6202
6203 /* Array of __start/__stop/.startof./.sizeof/ symbols. */
6204
6205 static struct bfd_link_hash_entry **start_stop_syms;
6206 static size_t start_stop_count = 0;
6207 static size_t start_stop_alloc = 0;
6208
6209 /* Give start/stop SYMBOL for SEC a preliminary definition, and add it
6210 to start_stop_syms. */
6211
6212 static void
6213 lang_define_start_stop (const char *symbol, asection *sec)
6214 {
6215 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6216
6217 h = bfd_define_start_stop (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, symbol, sec);
6218 if (h != NULL)
6219 {
6220 if (start_stop_count == start_stop_alloc)
6221 {
6222 start_stop_alloc = 2 * start_stop_alloc + 10;
6223 start_stop_syms
6224 = xrealloc (start_stop_syms,
6225 start_stop_alloc * sizeof (*start_stop_syms));
6226 }
6227 start_stop_syms[start_stop_count++] = h;
6228 }
6229 }
6230
6231 /* Check for input sections whose names match references to
6232 __start_SECNAME or __stop_SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6233 preliminary definitions. */
6234
6235 static void
6236 lang_init_start_stop (void)
6237 {
6238 bfd *abfd;
6239 asection *s;
6240 char leading_char = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd);
6241
6242 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds; abfd != NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
6243 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6244 {
6245 const char *ps;
6246 const char *secname = s->name;
6247
6248 for (ps = secname; *ps != '\0'; ps++)
6249 if (!ISALNUM ((unsigned char) *ps) && *ps != '_')
6250 break;
6251 if (*ps == '\0')
6252 {
6253 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6254
6255 symbol[0] = leading_char;
6256 sprintf (symbol + (leading_char != 0), "__start_%s", secname);
6257 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6258
6259 symbol[1] = leading_char;
6260 memcpy (symbol + 1 + (leading_char != 0), "__stop", 6);
6261 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6262
6263 free (symbol);
6264 }
6265 }
6266 }
6267
6268 /* Iterate over start_stop_syms. */
6269
6270 static void
6271 foreach_start_stop (void (*func) (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *))
6272 {
6273 size_t i;
6274
6275 for (i = 0; i < start_stop_count; ++i)
6276 func (start_stop_syms[i]);
6277 }
6278
6279 /* __start and __stop symbols are only supposed to be defined by the
6280 linker for orphan sections, but we now extend that to sections that
6281 map to an output section of the same name. The symbols were
6282 defined early for --gc-sections, before we mapped input to output
6283 sections, so undo those that don't satisfy this rule. */
6284
6285 static void
6286 undef_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6287 {
6288 if (h->ldscript_def)
6289 return;
6290
6291 if (h->u.def.section->output_section == NULL
6292 || h->u.def.section->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
6293 || strcmp (h->u.def.section->name,
6294 h->u.def.section->output_section->name) != 0)
6295 {
6296 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd,
6297 h->u.def.section->name);
6298 if (sec != NULL)
6299 {
6300 /* When there are more than one input sections with the same
6301 section name, SECNAME, linker picks the first one to define
6302 __start_SECNAME and __stop_SECNAME symbols. When the first
6303 input section is removed by comdat group, we need to check
6304 if there is still an output section with section name
6305 SECNAME. */
6306 asection *i;
6307 for (i = sec->map_head.s; i != NULL; i = i->map_head.s)
6308 if (strcmp (h->u.def.section->name, i->name) == 0)
6309 {
6310 h->u.def.section = i;
6311 return;
6312 }
6313 }
6314 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
6315 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
6316 }
6317 }
6318
6319 static void
6320 lang_undef_start_stop (void)
6321 {
6322 foreach_start_stop (undef_start_stop);
6323 }
6324
6325 /* Check for output sections whose names match references to
6326 .startof.SECNAME or .sizeof.SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6327 preliminary definitions. */
6328
6329 static void
6330 lang_init_startof_sizeof (void)
6331 {
6332 asection *s;
6333
6334 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6335 {
6336 const char *secname = s->name;
6337 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6338
6339 sprintf (symbol, ".startof.%s", secname);
6340 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6341
6342 memcpy (symbol + 1, ".size", 5);
6343 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6344 free (symbol);
6345 }
6346 }
6347
6348 /* Set .startof., .sizeof., __start and __stop symbols final values. */
6349
6350 static void
6351 set_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6352 {
6353 if (h->ldscript_def
6354 || h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined)
6355 return;
6356
6357 if (h->root.string[0] == '.')
6358 {
6359 /* .startof. or .sizeof. symbol.
6360 .startof. already has final value. */
6361 if (h->root.string[2] == 'i')
6362 {
6363 /* .sizeof. */
6364 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6365 h->u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6366 }
6367 }
6368 else
6369 {
6370 /* __start or __stop symbol. */
6371 int has_lead = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd) != 0;
6372
6373 h->u.def.section = h->u.def.section->output_section;
6374 if (h->root.string[4 + has_lead] == 'o')
6375 {
6376 /* __stop_ */
6377 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6378 }
6379 }
6380 }
6381
6382 static void
6383 lang_finalize_start_stop (void)
6384 {
6385 foreach_start_stop (set_start_stop);
6386 }
6387
6388 static void
6389 lang_end (void)
6390 {
6391 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6392 bfd_boolean warn;
6393
6394 if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info) && !link_info.gc_sections)
6395 || bfd_link_dll (&link_info))
6396 warn = entry_from_cmdline;
6397 else
6398 warn = TRUE;
6399
6400 /* Force the user to specify a root when generating a relocatable with
6401 --gc-sections, unless --gc-keep-exported was also given. */
6402 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6403 && link_info.gc_sections
6404 && !link_info.gc_keep_exported
6405 && !(entry_from_cmdline || undef_from_cmdline))
6406 einfo (_("%F%P: gc-sections requires either an entry or "
6407 "an undefined symbol\n"));
6408
6409 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
6410 {
6411 /* No entry has been specified. Look for the default entry, but
6412 don't warn if we don't find it. */
6413 entry_symbol.name = entry_symbol_default;
6414 warn = FALSE;
6415 }
6416
6417 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, entry_symbol.name,
6418 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
6419 if (h != NULL
6420 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6421 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6422 && h->u.def.section->output_section != NULL)
6423 {
6424 bfd_vma val;
6425
6426 val = (h->u.def.value
6427 + bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd,
6428 h->u.def.section->output_section)
6429 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
6430 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
6431 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can't set start address\n"), entry_symbol.name);
6432 }
6433 else
6434 {
6435 bfd_vma val;
6436 const char *send;
6437
6438 /* We couldn't find the entry symbol. Try parsing it as a
6439 number. */
6440 val = bfd_scan_vma (entry_symbol.name, &send, 0);
6441 if (*send == '\0')
6442 {
6443 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
6444 einfo (_("%F%P: can't set start address\n"));
6445 }
6446 else
6447 {
6448 asection *ts;
6449
6450 /* Can't find the entry symbol, and it's not a number. Use
6451 the first address in the text section. */
6452 ts = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, entry_section);
6453 if (ts != NULL)
6454 {
6455 if (warn)
6456 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
6457 " defaulting to %V\n"),
6458 entry_symbol.name,
6459 bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, ts));
6460 if (!(bfd_set_start_address
6461 (link_info.output_bfd,
6462 bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, ts))))
6463 einfo (_("%F%P: can't set start address\n"));
6464 }
6465 else
6466 {
6467 if (warn)
6468 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
6469 " not setting start address\n"),
6470 entry_symbol.name);
6471 }
6472 }
6473 }
6474 }
6475
6476 /* This is a small function used when we want to ignore errors from
6477 BFD. */
6478
6479 static void
6480 ignore_bfd_errors (const char *fmt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6481 va_list ap ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6482 {
6483 /* Don't do anything. */
6484 }
6485
6486 /* Check that the architecture of all the input files is compatible
6487 with the output file. Also call the backend to let it do any
6488 other checking that is needed. */
6489
6490 static void
6491 lang_check (void)
6492 {
6493 lang_statement_union_type *file;
6494 bfd *input_bfd;
6495 const bfd_arch_info_type *compatible;
6496
6497 for (file = file_chain.head; file != NULL; file = file->input_statement.next)
6498 {
6499 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
6500 /* Don't check format of files claimed by plugin. */
6501 if (file->input_statement.flags.claimed)
6502 continue;
6503 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
6504 input_bfd = file->input_statement.the_bfd;
6505 compatible
6506 = bfd_arch_get_compatible (input_bfd, link_info.output_bfd,
6507 command_line.accept_unknown_input_arch);
6508
6509 /* In general it is not possible to perform a relocatable
6510 link between differing object formats when the input
6511 file has relocations, because the relocations in the
6512 input format may not have equivalent representations in
6513 the output format (and besides BFD does not translate
6514 relocs for other link purposes than a final link). */
6515 if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6516 || link_info.emitrelocations)
6517 && (compatible == NULL
6518 || (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd)
6519 != bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)))
6520 && (bfd_get_file_flags (input_bfd) & HAS_RELOC) != 0)
6521 {
6522 einfo (_("%F%P: relocatable linking with relocations from"
6523 " format %s (%pB) to format %s (%pB) is not supported\n"),
6524 bfd_get_target (input_bfd), input_bfd,
6525 bfd_get_target (link_info.output_bfd), link_info.output_bfd);
6526 /* einfo with %F exits. */
6527 }
6528
6529 if (compatible == NULL)
6530 {
6531 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
6532 einfo (_("%X%P: %s architecture of input file `%pB'"
6533 " is incompatible with %s output\n"),
6534 bfd_printable_name (input_bfd), input_bfd,
6535 bfd_printable_name (link_info.output_bfd));
6536 }
6537 else if (bfd_count_sections (input_bfd))
6538 {
6539 /* If the input bfd has no contents, it shouldn't set the
6540 private data of the output bfd. */
6541
6542 bfd_error_handler_type pfn = NULL;
6543
6544 /* If we aren't supposed to warn about mismatched input
6545 files, temporarily set the BFD error handler to a
6546 function which will do nothing. We still want to call
6547 bfd_merge_private_bfd_data, since it may set up
6548 information which is needed in the output file. */
6549 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
6550 pfn = bfd_set_error_handler (ignore_bfd_errors);
6551 if (!bfd_merge_private_bfd_data (input_bfd, &link_info))
6552 {
6553 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
6554 einfo (_("%X%P: failed to merge target specific data"
6555 " of file %pB\n"), input_bfd);
6556 }
6557 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
6558 bfd_set_error_handler (pfn);
6559 }
6560 }
6561 }
6562
6563 /* Look through all the global common symbols and attach them to the
6564 correct section. The -sort-common command line switch may be used
6565 to roughly sort the entries by alignment. */
6566
6567 static void
6568 lang_common (void)
6569 {
6570 if (link_info.inhibit_common_definition)
6571 return;
6572 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6573 && !command_line.force_common_definition)
6574 return;
6575
6576 if (!config.sort_common)
6577 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, NULL);
6578 else
6579 {
6580 unsigned int power;
6581
6582 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending)
6583 {
6584 for (power = 4; power > 0; power--)
6585 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6586
6587 power = 0;
6588 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6589 }
6590 else
6591 {
6592 for (power = 0; power <= 4; power++)
6593 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6594
6595 power = (unsigned int) -1;
6596 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6597 }
6598 }
6599 }
6600
6601 /* Place one common symbol in the correct section. */
6602
6603 static bfd_boolean
6604 lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h, void *info)
6605 {
6606 unsigned int power_of_two;
6607 bfd_vma size;
6608 asection *section;
6609
6610 if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_common)
6611 return TRUE;
6612
6613 size = h->u.c.size;
6614 power_of_two = h->u.c.p->alignment_power;
6615
6616 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending
6617 && power_of_two < *(unsigned int *) info)
6618 return TRUE;
6619 else if (config.sort_common == sort_ascending
6620 && power_of_two > *(unsigned int *) info)
6621 return TRUE;
6622
6623 section = h->u.c.p->section;
6624 if (!bfd_define_common_symbol (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, h))
6625 einfo (_("%F%P: could not define common symbol `%pT': %E\n"),
6626 h->root.string);
6627
6628 if (config.map_file != NULL)
6629 {
6630 static bfd_boolean header_printed;
6631 int len;
6632 char *name;
6633 char buf[50];
6634
6635 if (!header_printed)
6636 {
6637 minfo (_("\nAllocating common symbols\n"));
6638 minfo (_("Common symbol size file\n\n"));
6639 header_printed = TRUE;
6640 }
6641
6642 name = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, h->root.string,
6643 DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS);
6644 if (name == NULL)
6645 {
6646 minfo ("%s", h->root.string);
6647 len = strlen (h->root.string);
6648 }
6649 else
6650 {
6651 minfo ("%s", name);
6652 len = strlen (name);
6653 free (name);
6654 }
6655
6656 if (len >= 19)
6657 {
6658 print_nl ();
6659 len = 0;
6660 }
6661 while (len < 20)
6662 {
6663 print_space ();
6664 ++len;
6665 }
6666
6667 minfo ("0x");
6668 if (size <= 0xffffffff)
6669 sprintf (buf, "%lx", (unsigned long) size);
6670 else
6671 sprintf_vma (buf, size);
6672 minfo ("%s", buf);
6673 len = strlen (buf);
6674
6675 while (len < 16)
6676 {
6677 print_space ();
6678 ++len;
6679 }
6680
6681 minfo ("%pB\n", section->owner);
6682 }
6683
6684 return TRUE;
6685 }
6686
6687 /* Handle a single orphan section S, placing the orphan into an appropriate
6688 output section. The effects of the --orphan-handling command line
6689 option are handled here. */
6690
6691 static void
6692 ldlang_place_orphan (asection *s)
6693 {
6694 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_discard)
6695 {
6696 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6697 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (DISCARD_SECTION_NAME, 0,
6698 TRUE);
6699 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
6700 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6701 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
6702 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
6703 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
6704 }
6705 else
6706 {
6707 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6708 const char *name = s->name;
6709 int constraint = 0;
6710
6711 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_error)
6712 einfo (_("%X%P: error: unplaced orphan section `%pA' from `%pB'\n"),
6713 s, s->owner);
6714
6715 if (config.unique_orphan_sections || unique_section_p (s, NULL))
6716 constraint = SPECIAL;
6717
6718 os = ldemul_place_orphan (s, name, constraint);
6719 if (os == NULL)
6720 {
6721 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, constraint, TRUE);
6722 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
6723 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6724 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
6725 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
6726 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
6727 }
6728
6729 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_warn)
6730 einfo (_("%P: warning: orphan section `%pA' from `%pB' being "
6731 "placed in section `%s'\n"),
6732 s, s->owner, os->name);
6733 }
6734 }
6735
6736 /* Run through the input files and ensure that every input section has
6737 somewhere to go. If one is found without a destination then create
6738 an input request and place it into the statement tree. */
6739
6740 static void
6741 lang_place_orphans (void)
6742 {
6743 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
6744 {
6745 asection *s;
6746
6747 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6748 {
6749 if (s->output_section == NULL)
6750 {
6751 /* This section of the file is not attached, root
6752 around for a sensible place for it to go. */
6753
6754 if (file->flags.just_syms)
6755 bfd_link_just_syms (file->the_bfd, s, &link_info);
6756 else if (lang_discard_section_p (s))
6757 s->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6758 else if (strcmp (s->name, "COMMON") == 0)
6759 {
6760 /* This is a lonely common section which must have
6761 come from an archive. We attach to the section
6762 with the wildcard. */
6763 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6764 || command_line.force_common_definition)
6765 {
6766 if (default_common_section == NULL)
6767 default_common_section
6768 = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (".bss", 0,
6769 TRUE);
6770 lang_add_section (&default_common_section->children, s,
6771 NULL, default_common_section);
6772 }
6773 }
6774 else
6775 ldlang_place_orphan (s);
6776 }
6777 }
6778 }
6779 }
6780
6781 void
6782 lang_set_flags (lang_memory_region_type *ptr, const char *flags, int invert)
6783 {
6784 flagword *ptr_flags;
6785
6786 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
6787
6788 while (*flags)
6789 {
6790 switch (*flags)
6791 {
6792 /* PR 17900: An exclamation mark in the attributes reverses
6793 the sense of any of the attributes that follow. */
6794 case '!':
6795 invert = !invert;
6796 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
6797 break;
6798
6799 case 'A': case 'a':
6800 *ptr_flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
6801 break;
6802
6803 case 'R': case 'r':
6804 *ptr_flags |= SEC_READONLY;
6805 break;
6806
6807 case 'W': case 'w':
6808 *ptr_flags |= SEC_DATA;
6809 break;
6810
6811 case 'X': case 'x':
6812 *ptr_flags |= SEC_CODE;
6813 break;
6814
6815 case 'L': case 'l':
6816 case 'I': case 'i':
6817 *ptr_flags |= SEC_LOAD;
6818 break;
6819
6820 default:
6821 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid character %c (%d) in flags\n"),
6822 *flags, *flags);
6823 break;
6824 }
6825 flags++;
6826 }
6827 }
6828
6829 /* Call a function on each input file. This function will be called
6830 on an archive, but not on the elements. */
6831
6832 void
6833 lang_for_each_input_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
6834 {
6835 lang_input_statement_type *f;
6836
6837 for (f = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
6838 f != NULL;
6839 f = &f->next_real_file->input_statement)
6840 func (f);
6841 }
6842
6843 /* Call a function on each file. The function will be called on all
6844 the elements of an archive which are included in the link, but will
6845 not be called on the archive file itself. */
6846
6847 void
6848 lang_for_each_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
6849 {
6850 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
6851 {
6852 func (f);
6853 }
6854 }
6855
6856 void
6857 ldlang_add_file (lang_input_statement_type *entry)
6858 {
6859 lang_statement_append (&file_chain,
6860 (lang_statement_union_type *) entry,
6861 &entry->next);
6862
6863 /* The BFD linker needs to have a list of all input BFDs involved in
6864 a link. */
6865 ASSERT (entry->the_bfd->link.next == NULL);
6866 ASSERT (entry->the_bfd != link_info.output_bfd);
6867
6868 *link_info.input_bfds_tail = entry->the_bfd;
6869 link_info.input_bfds_tail = &entry->the_bfd->link.next;
6870 entry->the_bfd->usrdata = entry;
6871 bfd_set_gp_size (entry->the_bfd, g_switch_value);
6872
6873 /* Look through the sections and check for any which should not be
6874 included in the link. We need to do this now, so that we can
6875 notice when the backend linker tries to report multiple
6876 definition errors for symbols which are in sections we aren't
6877 going to link. FIXME: It might be better to entirely ignore
6878 symbols which are defined in sections which are going to be
6879 discarded. This would require modifying the backend linker for
6880 each backend which might set the SEC_LINK_ONCE flag. If we do
6881 this, we should probably handle SEC_EXCLUDE in the same way. */
6882
6883 bfd_map_over_sections (entry->the_bfd, section_already_linked, entry);
6884 }
6885
6886 void
6887 lang_add_output (const char *name, int from_script)
6888 {
6889 /* Make -o on command line override OUTPUT in script. */
6890 if (!had_output_filename || !from_script)
6891 {
6892 output_filename = name;
6893 had_output_filename = TRUE;
6894 }
6895 }
6896
6897 lang_output_section_statement_type *
6898 lang_enter_output_section_statement (const char *output_section_statement_name,
6899 etree_type *address_exp,
6900 enum section_type sectype,
6901 etree_type *align,
6902 etree_type *subalign,
6903 etree_type *ebase,
6904 int constraint,
6905 int align_with_input)
6906 {
6907 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6908
6909 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (output_section_statement_name,
6910 constraint, TRUE);
6911 current_section = os;
6912
6913 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
6914 {
6915 os->addr_tree = address_exp;
6916 }
6917 os->sectype = sectype;
6918 if (sectype != noload_section)
6919 os->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
6920 else
6921 os->flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
6922 os->block_value = 1;
6923
6924 /* Make next things chain into subchain of this. */
6925 push_stat_ptr (&os->children);
6926
6927 os->align_lma_with_input = align_with_input == ALIGN_WITH_INPUT;
6928 if (os->align_lma_with_input && align != NULL)
6929 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: align with input and explicit align specified\n"),
6930 NULL);
6931
6932 os->subsection_alignment = subalign;
6933 os->section_alignment = align;
6934
6935 os->load_base = ebase;
6936 return os;
6937 }
6938
6939 void
6940 lang_final (void)
6941 {
6942 lang_output_statement_type *new_stmt;
6943
6944 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_output_statement, stat_ptr);
6945 new_stmt->name = output_filename;
6946 }
6947
6948 /* Reset the current counters in the regions. */
6949
6950 void
6951 lang_reset_memory_regions (void)
6952 {
6953 lang_memory_region_type *p = lang_memory_region_list;
6954 asection *o;
6955 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6956
6957 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
6958 {
6959 p->current = p->origin;
6960 p->last_os = NULL;
6961 }
6962
6963 for (os = &lang_os_list.head->output_section_statement;
6964 os != NULL;
6965 os = os->next)
6966 {
6967 os->processed_vma = FALSE;
6968 os->processed_lma = FALSE;
6969 }
6970
6971 for (o = link_info.output_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
6972 {
6973 /* Save the last size for possible use by bfd_relax_section. */
6974 o->rawsize = o->size;
6975 if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
6976 o->size = 0;
6977 }
6978 }
6979
6980 /* Worker for lang_gc_sections_1. */
6981
6982 static void
6983 gc_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
6984 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6985 asection *section,
6986 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6987 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6988 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6989 {
6990 /* If the wild pattern was marked KEEP, the member sections
6991 should be as well. */
6992 if (ptr->keep_sections)
6993 section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
6994 }
6995
6996 /* Iterate over sections marking them against GC. */
6997
6998 static void
6999 lang_gc_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s)
7000 {
7001 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
7002 {
7003 switch (s->header.type)
7004 {
7005 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7006 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, gc_section_callback, NULL);
7007 break;
7008 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
7009 lang_gc_sections_1 (constructor_list.head);
7010 break;
7011 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7012 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
7013 break;
7014 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7015 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head);
7016 break;
7017 default:
7018 break;
7019 }
7020 }
7021 }
7022
7023 static void
7024 lang_gc_sections (void)
7025 {
7026 /* Keep all sections so marked in the link script. */
7027 lang_gc_sections_1 (statement_list.head);
7028
7029 /* SEC_EXCLUDE is ignored when doing a relocatable link, except in
7030 the special case of debug info. (See bfd/stabs.c)
7031 Twiddle the flag here, to simplify later linker code. */
7032 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7033 {
7034 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
7035 {
7036 asection *sec;
7037 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
7038 if (f->flags.claimed)
7039 continue;
7040 #endif
7041 for (sec = f->the_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
7042 if ((sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) == 0)
7043 sec->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE;
7044 }
7045 }
7046
7047 if (link_info.gc_sections)
7048 bfd_gc_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
7049 }
7050
7051 /* Worker for lang_find_relro_sections_1. */
7052
7053 static void
7054 find_relro_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7055 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7056 asection *section,
7057 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7058 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7059 void *data)
7060 {
7061 /* Discarded, excluded and ignored sections effectively have zero
7062 size. */
7063 if (section->output_section != NULL
7064 && section->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd
7065 && (section->output_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
7066 && !IGNORE_SECTION (section)
7067 && section->size != 0)
7068 {
7069 bfd_boolean *has_relro_section = (bfd_boolean *) data;
7070 *has_relro_section = TRUE;
7071 }
7072 }
7073
7074 /* Iterate over sections for relro sections. */
7075
7076 static void
7077 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
7078 seg_align_type *seg,
7079 bfd_boolean *has_relro_section)
7080 {
7081 if (*has_relro_section)
7082 return;
7083
7084 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
7085 {
7086 if (s == seg->relro_end_stat)
7087 break;
7088
7089 switch (s->header.type)
7090 {
7091 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7092 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement,
7093 find_relro_section_callback,
7094 has_relro_section);
7095 break;
7096 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
7097 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (constructor_list.head,
7098 seg, has_relro_section);
7099 break;
7100 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7101 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head,
7102 seg, has_relro_section);
7103 break;
7104 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7105 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
7106 seg, has_relro_section);
7107 break;
7108 default:
7109 break;
7110 }
7111 }
7112 }
7113
7114 static void
7115 lang_find_relro_sections (void)
7116 {
7117 bfd_boolean has_relro_section = FALSE;
7118
7119 /* Check all sections in the link script. */
7120
7121 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (expld.dataseg.relro_start_stat,
7122 &expld.dataseg, &has_relro_section);
7123
7124 if (!has_relro_section)
7125 link_info.relro = FALSE;
7126 }
7127
7128 /* Relax all sections until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
7129
7130 void
7131 lang_relax_sections (bfd_boolean need_layout)
7132 {
7133 if (RELAXATION_ENABLED)
7134 {
7135 /* We may need more than one relaxation pass. */
7136 int i = link_info.relax_pass;
7137
7138 /* The backend can use it to determine the current pass. */
7139 link_info.relax_pass = 0;
7140
7141 while (i--)
7142 {
7143 /* Keep relaxing until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
7144 bfd_boolean relax_again;
7145
7146 link_info.relax_trip = -1;
7147 do
7148 {
7149 link_info.relax_trip++;
7150
7151 /* Note: pe-dll.c does something like this also. If you find
7152 you need to change this code, you probably need to change
7153 pe-dll.c also. DJ */
7154
7155 /* Do all the assignments with our current guesses as to
7156 section sizes. */
7157 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
7158
7159 /* We must do this after lang_do_assignments, because it uses
7160 size. */
7161 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
7162
7163 /* Perform another relax pass - this time we know where the
7164 globals are, so can make a better guess. */
7165 relax_again = FALSE;
7166 lang_size_sections (&relax_again, FALSE);
7167 }
7168 while (relax_again);
7169
7170 link_info.relax_pass++;
7171 }
7172 need_layout = TRUE;
7173 }
7174
7175 if (need_layout)
7176 {
7177 /* Final extra sizing to report errors. */
7178 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
7179 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
7180 lang_size_sections (NULL, TRUE);
7181 }
7182 }
7183
7184 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
7185 /* Find the insert point for the plugin's replacement files. We
7186 place them after the first claimed real object file, or if the
7187 first claimed object is an archive member, after the last real
7188 object file immediately preceding the archive. In the event
7189 no objects have been claimed at all, we return the first dummy
7190 object file on the list as the insert point; that works, but
7191 the callee must be careful when relinking the file_chain as it
7192 is not actually on that chain, only the statement_list and the
7193 input_file list; in that case, the replacement files must be
7194 inserted at the head of the file_chain. */
7195
7196 static lang_input_statement_type *
7197 find_replacements_insert_point (void)
7198 {
7199 lang_input_statement_type *claim1, *lastobject;
7200 lastobject = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
7201 for (claim1 = &file_chain.head->input_statement;
7202 claim1 != NULL;
7203 claim1 = &claim1->next->input_statement)
7204 {
7205 if (claim1->flags.claimed)
7206 return claim1->flags.claim_archive ? lastobject : claim1;
7207 /* Update lastobject if this is a real object file. */
7208 if (claim1->the_bfd != NULL && claim1->the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7209 lastobject = claim1;
7210 }
7211 /* No files were claimed by the plugin. Choose the last object
7212 file found on the list (maybe the first, dummy entry) as the
7213 insert point. */
7214 return lastobject;
7215 }
7216
7217 /* Find where to insert ADD, an archive element or shared library
7218 added during a rescan. */
7219
7220 static lang_statement_union_type **
7221 find_rescan_insertion (lang_input_statement_type *add)
7222 {
7223 bfd *add_bfd = add->the_bfd;
7224 lang_input_statement_type *f;
7225 lang_input_statement_type *last_loaded = NULL;
7226 lang_input_statement_type *before = NULL;
7227 lang_statement_union_type **iter = NULL;
7228
7229 if (add_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
7230 add_bfd = add_bfd->my_archive;
7231
7232 /* First look through the input file chain, to find an object file
7233 before the one we've rescanned. Normal object files always
7234 appear on both the input file chain and the file chain, so this
7235 lets us get quickly to somewhere near the correct place on the
7236 file chain if it is full of archive elements. Archives don't
7237 appear on the file chain, but if an element has been extracted
7238 then their input_statement->next points at it. */
7239 for (f = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
7240 f != NULL;
7241 f = &f->next_real_file->input_statement)
7242 {
7243 if (f->the_bfd == add_bfd)
7244 {
7245 before = last_loaded;
7246 if (f->next != NULL)
7247 return &f->next->input_statement.next;
7248 }
7249 if (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->next != NULL)
7250 last_loaded = f;
7251 }
7252
7253 for (iter = before ? &before->next : &file_chain.head->input_statement.next;
7254 *iter != NULL;
7255 iter = &(*iter)->input_statement.next)
7256 if (!(*iter)->input_statement.flags.claim_archive
7257 && (*iter)->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7258 break;
7259
7260 return iter;
7261 }
7262
7263 /* Insert SRCLIST into DESTLIST after given element by chaining
7264 on FIELD as the next-pointer. (Counterintuitively does not need
7265 a pointer to the actual after-node itself, just its chain field.) */
7266
7267 static void
7268 lang_list_insert_after (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7269 lang_statement_list_type *srclist,
7270 lang_statement_union_type **field)
7271 {
7272 *(srclist->tail) = *field;
7273 *field = srclist->head;
7274 if (destlist->tail == field)
7275 destlist->tail = srclist->tail;
7276 }
7277
7278 /* Detach new nodes added to DESTLIST since the time ORIGLIST
7279 was taken as a copy of it and leave them in ORIGLIST. */
7280
7281 static void
7282 lang_list_remove_tail (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7283 lang_statement_list_type *origlist)
7284 {
7285 union lang_statement_union **savetail;
7286 /* Check that ORIGLIST really is an earlier state of DESTLIST. */
7287 ASSERT (origlist->head == destlist->head);
7288 savetail = origlist->tail;
7289 origlist->head = *(savetail);
7290 origlist->tail = destlist->tail;
7291 destlist->tail = savetail;
7292 *savetail = NULL;
7293 }
7294 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
7295
7296 /* Add NAME to the list of garbage collection entry points. */
7297
7298 void
7299 lang_add_gc_name (const char *name)
7300 {
7301 struct bfd_sym_chain *sym;
7302
7303 if (name == NULL)
7304 return;
7305
7306 sym = (struct bfd_sym_chain *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*sym));
7307
7308 sym->next = link_info.gc_sym_list;
7309 sym->name = name;
7310 link_info.gc_sym_list = sym;
7311 }
7312
7313 /* Check relocations. */
7314
7315 static void
7316 lang_check_relocs (void)
7317 {
7318 if (link_info.check_relocs_after_open_input)
7319 {
7320 bfd *abfd;
7321
7322 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds;
7323 abfd != (bfd *) NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
7324 if (!bfd_link_check_relocs (abfd, &link_info))
7325 {
7326 /* No object output, fail return. */
7327 config.make_executable = FALSE;
7328 /* Note: we do not abort the loop, but rather
7329 continue the scan in case there are other
7330 bad relocations to report. */
7331 }
7332 }
7333 }
7334
7335 /* Look through all output sections looking for places where we can
7336 propagate forward the lma region. */
7337
7338 static void
7339 lang_propagate_lma_regions (void)
7340 {
7341 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7342
7343 for (os = &lang_os_list.head->output_section_statement;
7344 os != NULL;
7345 os = os->next)
7346 {
7347 if (os->prev != NULL
7348 && os->lma_region == NULL
7349 && os->load_base == NULL
7350 && os->addr_tree == NULL
7351 && os->region == os->prev->region)
7352 os->lma_region = os->prev->lma_region;
7353 }
7354 }
7355
7356 void
7357 lang_process (void)
7358 {
7359 /* Finalize dynamic list. */
7360 if (link_info.dynamic_list)
7361 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&link_info.dynamic_list->head);
7362
7363 current_target = default_target;
7364
7365 /* Open the output file. */
7366 lang_for_each_statement (ldlang_open_output);
7367 init_opb ();
7368
7369 ldemul_create_output_section_statements ();
7370
7371 /* Add to the hash table all undefineds on the command line. */
7372 lang_place_undefineds ();
7373
7374 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_init ())
7375 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
7376
7377 /* Create a bfd for each input file. */
7378 current_target = default_target;
7379 lang_statement_iteration++;
7380 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
7381 /* open_input_bfds also handles assignments, so we can give values
7382 to symbolic origin/length now. */
7383 lang_do_memory_regions ();
7384
7385 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
7386 if (link_info.lto_plugin_active)
7387 {
7388 lang_statement_list_type added;
7389 lang_statement_list_type files, inputfiles;
7390
7391 /* Now all files are read, let the plugin(s) decide if there
7392 are any more to be added to the link before we call the
7393 emulation's after_open hook. We create a private list of
7394 input statements for this purpose, which we will eventually
7395 insert into the global statement list after the first claimed
7396 file. */
7397 added = *stat_ptr;
7398 /* We need to manipulate all three chains in synchrony. */
7399 files = file_chain;
7400 inputfiles = input_file_chain;
7401 if (plugin_call_all_symbols_read ())
7402 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: plugin reported error after all symbols read\n"),
7403 plugin_error_plugin ());
7404 /* Open any newly added files, updating the file chains. */
7405 open_input_bfds (*added.tail, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
7406 /* Restore the global list pointer now they have all been added. */
7407 lang_list_remove_tail (stat_ptr, &added);
7408 /* And detach the fresh ends of the file lists. */
7409 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
7410 lang_list_remove_tail (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles);
7411 /* Were any new files added? */
7412 if (added.head != NULL)
7413 {
7414 /* If so, we will insert them into the statement list immediately
7415 after the first input file that was claimed by the plugin. */
7416 plugin_insert = find_replacements_insert_point ();
7417 /* If a plugin adds input files without having claimed any, we
7418 don't really have a good idea where to place them. Just putting
7419 them at the start or end of the list is liable to leave them
7420 outside the crtbegin...crtend range. */
7421 ASSERT (plugin_insert != NULL);
7422 /* Splice the new statement list into the old one. */
7423 lang_list_insert_after (stat_ptr, &added,
7424 &plugin_insert->header.next);
7425 /* Likewise for the file chains. */
7426 lang_list_insert_after (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles,
7427 &plugin_insert->next_real_file);
7428 /* We must be careful when relinking file_chain; we may need to
7429 insert the new files at the head of the list if the insert
7430 point chosen is the dummy first input file. */
7431 if (plugin_insert->filename)
7432 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &plugin_insert->next);
7433 else
7434 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &file_chain.head);
7435
7436 /* Rescan archives in case new undefined symbols have appeared. */
7437 files = file_chain;
7438 lang_statement_iteration++;
7439 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_RESCAN);
7440 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
7441 while (files.head != NULL)
7442 {
7443 lang_statement_union_type **insert;
7444 lang_statement_union_type **iter, *temp;
7445 bfd *my_arch;
7446
7447 insert = find_rescan_insertion (&files.head->input_statement);
7448 /* All elements from an archive can be added at once. */
7449 iter = &files.head->input_statement.next;
7450 my_arch = files.head->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive;
7451 if (my_arch != NULL)
7452 for (; *iter != NULL; iter = &(*iter)->input_statement.next)
7453 if ((*iter)->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive != my_arch)
7454 break;
7455 temp = *insert;
7456 *insert = files.head;
7457 files.head = *iter;
7458 *iter = temp;
7459 if (my_arch != NULL)
7460 {
7461 lang_input_statement_type *parent = my_arch->usrdata;
7462 if (parent != NULL)
7463 parent->next = (lang_statement_union_type *)
7464 ((char *) iter
7465 - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, next));
7466 }
7467 }
7468 }
7469 }
7470 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
7471
7472 /* Make sure that nobody has tried to add a symbol to this list
7473 before now. */
7474 ASSERT (link_info.gc_sym_list == NULL);
7475
7476 link_info.gc_sym_list = &entry_symbol;
7477
7478 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
7479 {
7480 link_info.gc_sym_list = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
7481
7482 /* entry_symbol is normally initialied by a ENTRY definition in the
7483 linker script or the -e command line option. But if neither of
7484 these have been used, the target specific backend may still have
7485 provided an entry symbol via a call to lang_default_entry().
7486 Unfortunately this value will not be processed until lang_end()
7487 is called, long after this function has finished. So detect this
7488 case here and add the target's entry symbol to the list of starting
7489 points for garbage collection resolution. */
7490 lang_add_gc_name (entry_symbol_default);
7491 }
7492
7493 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.init_function);
7494 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.fini_function);
7495
7496 ldemul_after_open ();
7497 if (config.map_file != NULL)
7498 lang_print_asneeded ();
7499
7500 bfd_section_already_linked_table_free ();
7501
7502 /* Make sure that we're not mixing architectures. We call this
7503 after all the input files have been opened, but before we do any
7504 other processing, so that any operations merge_private_bfd_data
7505 does on the output file will be known during the rest of the
7506 link. */
7507 lang_check ();
7508
7509 /* Handle .exports instead of a version script if we're told to do so. */
7510 if (command_line.version_exports_section)
7511 lang_do_version_exports_section ();
7512
7513 /* Build all sets based on the information gathered from the input
7514 files. */
7515 ldctor_build_sets ();
7516
7517 /* Give initial values for __start and __stop symbols, so that ELF
7518 gc_sections will keep sections referenced by these symbols. Must
7519 be done before lang_do_assignments below. */
7520 if (config.build_constructors)
7521 lang_init_start_stop ();
7522
7523 /* PR 13683: We must rerun the assignments prior to running garbage
7524 collection in order to make sure that all symbol aliases are resolved. */
7525 lang_do_assignments (lang_mark_phase_enum);
7526 expld.phase = lang_first_phase_enum;
7527
7528 /* Size up the common data. */
7529 lang_common ();
7530
7531 /* Remove unreferenced sections if asked to. */
7532 lang_gc_sections ();
7533
7534 /* Check relocations. */
7535 lang_check_relocs ();
7536
7537 ldemul_after_check_relocs ();
7538
7539 /* Update wild statements. */
7540 update_wild_statements (statement_list.head);
7541
7542 /* Run through the contours of the script and attach input sections
7543 to the correct output sections. */
7544 lang_statement_iteration++;
7545 map_input_to_output_sections (statement_list.head, NULL, NULL);
7546
7547 process_insert_statements ();
7548
7549 /* Find any sections not attached explicitly and handle them. */
7550 lang_place_orphans ();
7551
7552 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7553 {
7554 asection *found;
7555
7556 /* Merge SEC_MERGE sections. This has to be done after GC of
7557 sections, so that GCed sections are not merged, but before
7558 assigning dynamic symbols, since removing whole input sections
7559 is hard then. */
7560 bfd_merge_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
7561
7562 /* Look for a text section and set the readonly attribute in it. */
7563 found = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".text");
7564
7565 if (found != NULL)
7566 {
7567 if (config.text_read_only)
7568 found->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
7569 else
7570 found->flags &= ~SEC_READONLY;
7571 }
7572 }
7573
7574 /* Copy forward lma regions for output sections in same lma region. */
7575 lang_propagate_lma_regions ();
7576
7577 /* Defining __start/__stop symbols early for --gc-sections to work
7578 around a glibc build problem can result in these symbols being
7579 defined when they should not be. Fix them now. */
7580 if (config.build_constructors)
7581 lang_undef_start_stop ();
7582
7583 /* Define .startof./.sizeof. symbols with preliminary values before
7584 dynamic symbols are created. */
7585 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7586 lang_init_startof_sizeof ();
7587
7588 /* Do anything special before sizing sections. This is where ELF
7589 and other back-ends size dynamic sections. */
7590 ldemul_before_allocation ();
7591
7592 /* We must record the program headers before we try to fix the
7593 section positions, since they will affect SIZEOF_HEADERS. */
7594 lang_record_phdrs ();
7595
7596 /* Check relro sections. */
7597 if (link_info.relro && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7598 lang_find_relro_sections ();
7599
7600 /* Size up the sections. */
7601 lang_size_sections (NULL, !RELAXATION_ENABLED);
7602
7603 /* See if anything special should be done now we know how big
7604 everything is. This is where relaxation is done. */
7605 ldemul_after_allocation ();
7606
7607 /* Fix any __start, __stop, .startof. or .sizeof. symbols. */
7608 lang_finalize_start_stop ();
7609
7610 /* Do all the assignments again, to report errors. Assignment
7611 statements are processed multiple times, updating symbols; In
7612 open_input_bfds, lang_do_assignments, and lang_size_sections.
7613 Since lang_relax_sections calls lang_do_assignments, symbols are
7614 also updated in ldemul_after_allocation. */
7615 lang_do_assignments (lang_final_phase_enum);
7616
7617 ldemul_finish ();
7618
7619 /* Convert absolute symbols to section relative. */
7620 ldexp_finalize_syms ();
7621
7622 /* Make sure that the section addresses make sense. */
7623 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
7624 lang_check_section_addresses ();
7625
7626 /* Check any required symbols are known. */
7627 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols ();
7628
7629 lang_end ();
7630 }
7631
7632 /* EXPORTED TO YACC */
7633
7634 void
7635 lang_add_wild (struct wildcard_spec *filespec,
7636 struct wildcard_list *section_list,
7637 bfd_boolean keep_sections)
7638 {
7639 struct wildcard_list *curr, *next;
7640 lang_wild_statement_type *new_stmt;
7641
7642 /* Reverse the list as the parser puts it back to front. */
7643 for (curr = section_list, section_list = NULL;
7644 curr != NULL;
7645 section_list = curr, curr = next)
7646 {
7647 next = curr->next;
7648 curr->next = section_list;
7649 }
7650
7651 if (filespec != NULL && filespec->name != NULL)
7652 {
7653 if (strcmp (filespec->name, "*") == 0)
7654 filespec->name = NULL;
7655 else if (!wildcardp (filespec->name))
7656 lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
7657 }
7658
7659 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_wild_statement, stat_ptr);
7660 new_stmt->filename = NULL;
7661 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = FALSE;
7662 new_stmt->section_flag_list = NULL;
7663 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = NULL;
7664 if (filespec != NULL)
7665 {
7666 new_stmt->filename = filespec->name;
7667 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = filespec->sorted == by_name;
7668 new_stmt->section_flag_list = filespec->section_flag_list;
7669 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = filespec->exclude_name_list;
7670 }
7671 new_stmt->section_list = section_list;
7672 new_stmt->keep_sections = keep_sections;
7673 lang_list_init (&new_stmt->children);
7674 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (new_stmt);
7675 }
7676
7677 void
7678 lang_section_start (const char *name, etree_type *address,
7679 const segment_type *segment)
7680 {
7681 lang_address_statement_type *ad;
7682
7683 ad = new_stat (lang_address_statement, stat_ptr);
7684 ad->section_name = name;
7685 ad->address = address;
7686 ad->segment = segment;
7687 }
7688
7689 /* Set the start symbol to NAME. CMDLINE is nonzero if this is called
7690 because of a -e argument on the command line, or zero if this is
7691 called by ENTRY in a linker script. Command line arguments take
7692 precedence. */
7693
7694 void
7695 lang_add_entry (const char *name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
7696 {
7697 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL
7698 || cmdline
7699 || !entry_from_cmdline)
7700 {
7701 entry_symbol.name = name;
7702 entry_from_cmdline = cmdline;
7703 }
7704 }
7705
7706 /* Set the default start symbol to NAME. .em files should use this,
7707 not lang_add_entry, to override the use of "start" if neither the
7708 linker script nor the command line specifies an entry point. NAME
7709 must be permanently allocated. */
7710 void
7711 lang_default_entry (const char *name)
7712 {
7713 entry_symbol_default = name;
7714 }
7715
7716 void
7717 lang_add_target (const char *name)
7718 {
7719 lang_target_statement_type *new_stmt;
7720
7721 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_target_statement, stat_ptr);
7722 new_stmt->target = name;
7723 }
7724
7725 void
7726 lang_add_map (const char *name)
7727 {
7728 while (*name)
7729 {
7730 switch (*name)
7731 {
7732 case 'F':
7733 map_option_f = TRUE;
7734 break;
7735 }
7736 name++;
7737 }
7738 }
7739
7740 void
7741 lang_add_fill (fill_type *fill)
7742 {
7743 lang_fill_statement_type *new_stmt;
7744
7745 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_fill_statement, stat_ptr);
7746 new_stmt->fill = fill;
7747 }
7748
7749 void
7750 lang_add_data (int type, union etree_union *exp)
7751 {
7752 lang_data_statement_type *new_stmt;
7753
7754 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_data_statement, stat_ptr);
7755 new_stmt->exp = exp;
7756 new_stmt->type = type;
7757 }
7758
7759 /* Create a new reloc statement. RELOC is the BFD relocation type to
7760 generate. HOWTO is the corresponding howto structure (we could
7761 look this up, but the caller has already done so). SECTION is the
7762 section to generate a reloc against, or NAME is the name of the
7763 symbol to generate a reloc against. Exactly one of SECTION and
7764 NAME must be NULL. ADDEND is an expression for the addend. */
7765
7766 void
7767 lang_add_reloc (bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc,
7768 reloc_howto_type *howto,
7769 asection *section,
7770 const char *name,
7771 union etree_union *addend)
7772 {
7773 lang_reloc_statement_type *p = new_stat (lang_reloc_statement, stat_ptr);
7774
7775 p->reloc = reloc;
7776 p->howto = howto;
7777 p->section = section;
7778 p->name = name;
7779 p->addend_exp = addend;
7780
7781 p->addend_value = 0;
7782 p->output_section = NULL;
7783 p->output_offset = 0;
7784 }
7785
7786 lang_assignment_statement_type *
7787 lang_add_assignment (etree_type *exp)
7788 {
7789 lang_assignment_statement_type *new_stmt;
7790
7791 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_assignment_statement, stat_ptr);
7792 new_stmt->exp = exp;
7793 return new_stmt;
7794 }
7795
7796 void
7797 lang_add_attribute (enum statement_enum attribute)
7798 {
7799 new_statement (attribute, sizeof (lang_statement_header_type), stat_ptr);
7800 }
7801
7802 void
7803 lang_startup (const char *name)
7804 {
7805 if (first_file->filename != NULL)
7806 {
7807 einfo (_("%F%P: multiple STARTUP files\n"));
7808 }
7809 first_file->filename = name;
7810 first_file->local_sym_name = name;
7811 first_file->flags.real = TRUE;
7812 }
7813
7814 void
7815 lang_float (bfd_boolean maybe)
7816 {
7817 lang_float_flag = maybe;
7818 }
7819
7820
7821 /* Work out the load- and run-time regions from a script statement, and
7822 store them in *LMA_REGION and *REGION respectively.
7823
7824 MEMSPEC is the name of the run-time region, or the value of
7825 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION if the statement didn't specify one.
7826 LMA_MEMSPEC is the name of the load-time region, or null if the
7827 statement didn't specify one.HAVE_LMA_P is TRUE if the statement
7828 had an explicit load address.
7829
7830 It is an error to specify both a load region and a load address. */
7831
7832 static void
7833 lang_get_regions (lang_memory_region_type **region,
7834 lang_memory_region_type **lma_region,
7835 const char *memspec,
7836 const char *lma_memspec,
7837 bfd_boolean have_lma,
7838 bfd_boolean have_vma)
7839 {
7840 *lma_region = lang_memory_region_lookup (lma_memspec, FALSE);
7841
7842 /* If no runtime region or VMA has been specified, but the load region
7843 has been specified, then use the load region for the runtime region
7844 as well. */
7845 if (lma_memspec != NULL
7846 && !have_vma
7847 && strcmp (memspec, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
7848 *region = *lma_region;
7849 else
7850 *region = lang_memory_region_lookup (memspec, FALSE);
7851
7852 if (have_lma && lma_memspec != 0)
7853 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: section has both a load address and a load region\n"),
7854 NULL);
7855 }
7856
7857 void
7858 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill_type *fill, const char *memspec,
7859 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
7860 const char *lma_memspec)
7861 {
7862 lang_get_regions (&current_section->region,
7863 &current_section->lma_region,
7864 memspec, lma_memspec,
7865 current_section->load_base != NULL,
7866 current_section->addr_tree != NULL);
7867
7868 current_section->fill = fill;
7869 current_section->phdrs = phdrs;
7870 pop_stat_ptr ();
7871 }
7872
7873 void
7874 lang_statement_append (lang_statement_list_type *list,
7875 lang_statement_union_type *element,
7876 lang_statement_union_type **field)
7877 {
7878 *(list->tail) = element;
7879 list->tail = field;
7880 }
7881
7882 /* Set the output format type. -oformat overrides scripts. */
7883
7884 void
7885 lang_add_output_format (const char *format,
7886 const char *big,
7887 const char *little,
7888 int from_script)
7889 {
7890 if (output_target == NULL || !from_script)
7891 {
7892 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
7893 && big != NULL)
7894 format = big;
7895 else if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
7896 && little != NULL)
7897 format = little;
7898
7899 output_target = format;
7900 }
7901 }
7902
7903 void
7904 lang_add_insert (const char *where, int is_before)
7905 {
7906 lang_insert_statement_type *new_stmt;
7907
7908 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_insert_statement, stat_ptr);
7909 new_stmt->where = where;
7910 new_stmt->is_before = is_before;
7911 saved_script_handle = previous_script_handle;
7912 }
7913
7914 /* Enter a group. This creates a new lang_group_statement, and sets
7915 stat_ptr to build new statements within the group. */
7916
7917 void
7918 lang_enter_group (void)
7919 {
7920 lang_group_statement_type *g;
7921
7922 g = new_stat (lang_group_statement, stat_ptr);
7923 lang_list_init (&g->children);
7924 push_stat_ptr (&g->children);
7925 }
7926
7927 /* Leave a group. This just resets stat_ptr to start writing to the
7928 regular list of statements again. Note that this will not work if
7929 groups can occur inside anything else which can adjust stat_ptr,
7930 but currently they can't. */
7931
7932 void
7933 lang_leave_group (void)
7934 {
7935 pop_stat_ptr ();
7936 }
7937
7938 /* Add a new program header. This is called for each entry in a PHDRS
7939 command in a linker script. */
7940
7941 void
7942 lang_new_phdr (const char *name,
7943 etree_type *type,
7944 bfd_boolean filehdr,
7945 bfd_boolean phdrs,
7946 etree_type *at,
7947 etree_type *flags)
7948 {
7949 struct lang_phdr *n, **pp;
7950 bfd_boolean hdrs;
7951
7952 n = (struct lang_phdr *) stat_alloc (sizeof (struct lang_phdr));
7953 n->next = NULL;
7954 n->name = name;
7955 n->type = exp_get_vma (type, 0, "program header type");
7956 n->filehdr = filehdr;
7957 n->phdrs = phdrs;
7958 n->at = at;
7959 n->flags = flags;
7960
7961 hdrs = n->type == 1 && (phdrs || filehdr);
7962
7963 for (pp = &lang_phdr_list; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
7964 if (hdrs
7965 && (*pp)->type == 1
7966 && !((*pp)->filehdr || (*pp)->phdrs))
7967 {
7968 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: PHDRS and FILEHDR are not supported"
7969 " when prior PT_LOAD headers lack them\n"), NULL);
7970 hdrs = FALSE;
7971 }
7972
7973 *pp = n;
7974 }
7975
7976 /* Record the program header information in the output BFD. FIXME: We
7977 should not be calling an ELF specific function here. */
7978
7979 static void
7980 lang_record_phdrs (void)
7981 {
7982 unsigned int alc;
7983 asection **secs;
7984 lang_output_section_phdr_list *last;
7985 struct lang_phdr *l;
7986 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7987
7988 alc = 10;
7989 secs = (asection **) xmalloc (alc * sizeof (asection *));
7990 last = NULL;
7991
7992 for (l = lang_phdr_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
7993 {
7994 unsigned int c;
7995 flagword flags;
7996 bfd_vma at;
7997
7998 c = 0;
7999 for (os = &lang_os_list.head->output_section_statement;
8000 os != NULL;
8001 os = os->next)
8002 {
8003 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
8004
8005 if (os->constraint < 0)
8006 continue;
8007
8008 pl = os->phdrs;
8009 if (pl != NULL)
8010 last = pl;
8011 else
8012 {
8013 if (os->sectype == noload_section
8014 || os->bfd_section == NULL
8015 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
8016 continue;
8017
8018 /* Don't add orphans to PT_INTERP header. */
8019 if (l->type == 3)
8020 continue;
8021
8022 if (last == NULL)
8023 {
8024 lang_output_section_statement_type *tmp_os;
8025
8026 /* If we have not run across a section with a program
8027 header assigned to it yet, then scan forwards to find
8028 one. This prevents inconsistencies in the linker's
8029 behaviour when a script has specified just a single
8030 header and there are sections in that script which are
8031 not assigned to it, and which occur before the first
8032 use of that header. See here for more details:
8033 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00291.html */
8034 for (tmp_os = os; tmp_os; tmp_os = tmp_os->next)
8035 if (tmp_os->phdrs)
8036 {
8037 last = tmp_os->phdrs;
8038 break;
8039 }
8040 if (last == NULL)
8041 einfo (_("%F%P: no sections assigned to phdrs\n"));
8042 }
8043 pl = last;
8044 }
8045
8046 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
8047 continue;
8048
8049 for (; pl != NULL; pl = pl->next)
8050 {
8051 if (strcmp (pl->name, l->name) == 0)
8052 {
8053 if (c >= alc)
8054 {
8055 alc *= 2;
8056 secs = (asection **) xrealloc (secs,
8057 alc * sizeof (asection *));
8058 }
8059 secs[c] = os->bfd_section;
8060 ++c;
8061 pl->used = TRUE;
8062 }
8063 }
8064 }
8065
8066 if (l->flags == NULL)
8067 flags = 0;
8068 else
8069 flags = exp_get_vma (l->flags, 0, "phdr flags");
8070
8071 if (l->at == NULL)
8072 at = 0;
8073 else
8074 at = exp_get_vma (l->at, 0, "phdr load address");
8075
8076 if (!bfd_record_phdr (link_info.output_bfd, l->type,
8077 l->flags != NULL, flags, l->at != NULL,
8078 at, l->filehdr, l->phdrs, c, secs))
8079 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_record_phdr failed: %E\n"));
8080 }
8081
8082 free (secs);
8083
8084 /* Make sure all the phdr assignments succeeded. */
8085 for (os = &lang_os_list.head->output_section_statement;
8086 os != NULL;
8087 os = os->next)
8088 {
8089 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
8090
8091 if (os->constraint < 0
8092 || os->bfd_section == NULL)
8093 continue;
8094
8095 for (pl = os->phdrs;
8096 pl != NULL;
8097 pl = pl->next)
8098 if (!pl->used && strcmp (pl->name, "NONE") != 0)
8099 einfo (_("%X%P: section `%s' assigned to non-existent phdr `%s'\n"),
8100 os->name, pl->name);
8101 }
8102 }
8103
8104 /* Record a list of sections which may not be cross referenced. */
8105
8106 void
8107 lang_add_nocrossref (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
8108 {
8109 struct lang_nocrossrefs *n;
8110
8111 n = (struct lang_nocrossrefs *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
8112 n->next = nocrossref_list;
8113 n->list = l;
8114 n->onlyfirst = FALSE;
8115 nocrossref_list = n;
8116
8117 /* Set notice_all so that we get informed about all symbols. */
8118 link_info.notice_all = TRUE;
8119 }
8120
8121 /* Record a section that cannot be referenced from a list of sections. */
8122
8123 void
8124 lang_add_nocrossref_to (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
8125 {
8126 lang_add_nocrossref (l);
8127 nocrossref_list->onlyfirst = TRUE;
8128 }
8129 \f
8130 /* Overlay handling. We handle overlays with some static variables. */
8131
8132 /* The overlay virtual address. */
8133 static etree_type *overlay_vma;
8134 /* And subsection alignment. */
8135 static etree_type *overlay_subalign;
8136
8137 /* An expression for the maximum section size seen so far. */
8138 static etree_type *overlay_max;
8139
8140 /* A list of all the sections in this overlay. */
8141
8142 struct overlay_list {
8143 struct overlay_list *next;
8144 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
8145 };
8146
8147 static struct overlay_list *overlay_list;
8148
8149 /* Start handling an overlay. */
8150
8151 void
8152 lang_enter_overlay (etree_type *vma_expr, etree_type *subalign)
8153 {
8154 /* The grammar should prevent nested overlays from occurring. */
8155 ASSERT (overlay_vma == NULL
8156 && overlay_subalign == NULL
8157 && overlay_max == NULL);
8158
8159 overlay_vma = vma_expr;
8160 overlay_subalign = subalign;
8161 }
8162
8163 /* Start a section in an overlay. We handle this by calling
8164 lang_enter_output_section_statement with the correct VMA.
8165 lang_leave_overlay sets up the LMA and memory regions. */
8166
8167 void
8168 lang_enter_overlay_section (const char *name)
8169 {
8170 struct overlay_list *n;
8171 etree_type *size;
8172
8173 lang_enter_output_section_statement (name, overlay_vma, overlay_section,
8174 0, overlay_subalign, 0, 0, 0);
8175
8176 /* If this is the first section, then base the VMA of future
8177 sections on this one. This will work correctly even if `.' is
8178 used in the addresses. */
8179 if (overlay_list == NULL)
8180 overlay_vma = exp_nameop (ADDR, name);
8181
8182 /* Remember the section. */
8183 n = (struct overlay_list *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
8184 n->os = current_section;
8185 n->next = overlay_list;
8186 overlay_list = n;
8187
8188 size = exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name);
8189
8190 /* Arrange to work out the maximum section end address. */
8191 if (overlay_max == NULL)
8192 overlay_max = size;
8193 else
8194 overlay_max = exp_binop (MAX_K, overlay_max, size);
8195 }
8196
8197 /* Finish a section in an overlay. There isn't any special to do
8198 here. */
8199
8200 void
8201 lang_leave_overlay_section (fill_type *fill,
8202 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs)
8203 {
8204 const char *name;
8205 char *clean, *s2;
8206 const char *s1;
8207 char *buf;
8208
8209 name = current_section->name;
8210
8211 /* For now, assume that DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION is the run-time memory
8212 region and that no load-time region has been specified. It doesn't
8213 really matter what we say here, since lang_leave_overlay will
8214 override it. */
8215 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, phdrs, 0);
8216
8217 /* Define the magic symbols. */
8218
8219 clean = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
8220 s2 = clean;
8221 for (s1 = name; *s1 != '\0'; s1++)
8222 if (ISALNUM (*s1) || *s1 == '_')
8223 *s2++ = *s1;
8224 *s2 = '\0';
8225
8226 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_start_");
8227 sprintf (buf, "__load_start_%s", clean);
8228 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8229 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8230 FALSE));
8231
8232 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_stop_");
8233 sprintf (buf, "__load_stop_%s", clean);
8234 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8235 exp_binop ('+',
8236 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8237 exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name)),
8238 FALSE));
8239
8240 free (clean);
8241 }
8242
8243 /* Finish an overlay. If there are any overlay wide settings, this
8244 looks through all the sections in the overlay and sets them. */
8245
8246 void
8247 lang_leave_overlay (etree_type *lma_expr,
8248 int nocrossrefs,
8249 fill_type *fill,
8250 const char *memspec,
8251 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
8252 const char *lma_memspec)
8253 {
8254 lang_memory_region_type *region;
8255 lang_memory_region_type *lma_region;
8256 struct overlay_list *l;
8257 lang_nocrossref_type *nocrossref;
8258
8259 lang_get_regions (&region, &lma_region,
8260 memspec, lma_memspec,
8261 lma_expr != NULL, FALSE);
8262
8263 nocrossref = NULL;
8264
8265 /* After setting the size of the last section, set '.' to end of the
8266 overlay region. */
8267 if (overlay_list != NULL)
8268 {
8269 overlay_list->os->update_dot = 1;
8270 overlay_list->os->update_dot_tree
8271 = exp_assign (".", exp_binop ('+', overlay_vma, overlay_max), FALSE);
8272 }
8273
8274 l = overlay_list;
8275 while (l != NULL)
8276 {
8277 struct overlay_list *next;
8278
8279 if (fill != NULL && l->os->fill == NULL)
8280 l->os->fill = fill;
8281
8282 l->os->region = region;
8283 l->os->lma_region = lma_region;
8284
8285 /* The first section has the load address specified in the
8286 OVERLAY statement. The rest are worked out from that.
8287 The base address is not needed (and should be null) if
8288 an LMA region was specified. */
8289 if (l->next == 0)
8290 {
8291 l->os->load_base = lma_expr;
8292 l->os->sectype = first_overlay_section;
8293 }
8294 if (phdrs != NULL && l->os->phdrs == NULL)
8295 l->os->phdrs = phdrs;
8296
8297 if (nocrossrefs)
8298 {
8299 lang_nocrossref_type *nc;
8300
8301 nc = (lang_nocrossref_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *nc);
8302 nc->name = l->os->name;
8303 nc->next = nocrossref;
8304 nocrossref = nc;
8305 }
8306
8307 next = l->next;
8308 free (l);
8309 l = next;
8310 }
8311
8312 if (nocrossref != NULL)
8313 lang_add_nocrossref (nocrossref);
8314
8315 overlay_vma = NULL;
8316 overlay_list = NULL;
8317 overlay_max = NULL;
8318 overlay_subalign = NULL;
8319 }
8320 \f
8321 /* Version handling. This is only useful for ELF. */
8322
8323 /* If PREV is NULL, return first version pattern matching particular symbol.
8324 If PREV is non-NULL, return first version pattern matching particular
8325 symbol after PREV (previously returned by lang_vers_match). */
8326
8327 static struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
8328 lang_vers_match (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head,
8329 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *prev,
8330 const char *sym)
8331 {
8332 const char *c_sym;
8333 const char *cxx_sym = sym;
8334 const char *java_sym = sym;
8335 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *expr = NULL;
8336 enum demangling_styles curr_style;
8337
8338 curr_style = CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE;
8339 cplus_demangle_set_style (no_demangling);
8340 c_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_NO_OPTS);
8341 if (!c_sym)
8342 c_sym = sym;
8343 cplus_demangle_set_style (curr_style);
8344
8345 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8346 {
8347 cxx_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym,
8348 DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI);
8349 if (!cxx_sym)
8350 cxx_sym = sym;
8351 }
8352 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8353 {
8354 java_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_JAVA);
8355 if (!java_sym)
8356 java_sym = sym;
8357 }
8358
8359 if (head->htab && (prev == NULL || prev->literal))
8360 {
8361 struct bfd_elf_version_expr e;
8362
8363 switch (prev ? prev->mask : 0)
8364 {
8365 case 0:
8366 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
8367 {
8368 e.pattern = c_sym;
8369 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8370 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8371 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, c_sym) == 0)
8372 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
8373 goto out_ret;
8374 else
8375 expr = expr->next;
8376 }
8377 /* Fallthrough */
8378 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE:
8379 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8380 {
8381 e.pattern = cxx_sym;
8382 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8383 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8384 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, cxx_sym) == 0)
8385 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8386 goto out_ret;
8387 else
8388 expr = expr->next;
8389 }
8390 /* Fallthrough */
8391 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE:
8392 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8393 {
8394 e.pattern = java_sym;
8395 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8396 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8397 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, java_sym) == 0)
8398 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8399 goto out_ret;
8400 else
8401 expr = expr->next;
8402 }
8403 /* Fallthrough */
8404 default:
8405 break;
8406 }
8407 }
8408
8409 /* Finally, try the wildcards. */
8410 if (prev == NULL || prev->literal)
8411 expr = head->remaining;
8412 else
8413 expr = prev->next;
8414 for (; expr; expr = expr->next)
8415 {
8416 const char *s;
8417
8418 if (!expr->pattern)
8419 continue;
8420
8421 if (expr->pattern[0] == '*' && expr->pattern[1] == '\0')
8422 break;
8423
8424 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8425 s = java_sym;
8426 else if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8427 s = cxx_sym;
8428 else
8429 s = c_sym;
8430 if (fnmatch (expr->pattern, s, 0) == 0)
8431 break;
8432 }
8433
8434 out_ret:
8435 if (c_sym != sym)
8436 free ((char *) c_sym);
8437 if (cxx_sym != sym)
8438 free ((char *) cxx_sym);
8439 if (java_sym != sym)
8440 free ((char *) java_sym);
8441 return expr;
8442 }
8443
8444 /* Return NULL if the PATTERN argument is a glob pattern, otherwise,
8445 return a pointer to the symbol name with any backslash quotes removed. */
8446
8447 static const char *
8448 realsymbol (const char *pattern)
8449 {
8450 const char *p;
8451 bfd_boolean changed = FALSE, backslash = FALSE;
8452 char *s, *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (pattern) + 1);
8453
8454 for (p = pattern, s = symbol; *p != '\0'; ++p)
8455 {
8456 /* It is a glob pattern only if there is no preceding
8457 backslash. */
8458 if (backslash)
8459 {
8460 /* Remove the preceding backslash. */
8461 *(s - 1) = *p;
8462 backslash = FALSE;
8463 changed = TRUE;
8464 }
8465 else
8466 {
8467 if (*p == '?' || *p == '*' || *p == '[')
8468 {
8469 free (symbol);
8470 return NULL;
8471 }
8472
8473 *s++ = *p;
8474 backslash = *p == '\\';
8475 }
8476 }
8477
8478 if (changed)
8479 {
8480 *s = '\0';
8481 return symbol;
8482 }
8483 else
8484 {
8485 free (symbol);
8486 return pattern;
8487 }
8488 }
8489
8490 /* This is called for each variable name or match expression. NEW_NAME is
8491 the name of the symbol to match, or, if LITERAL_P is FALSE, a glob
8492 pattern to be matched against symbol names. */
8493
8494 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
8495 lang_new_vers_pattern (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *orig,
8496 const char *new_name,
8497 const char *lang,
8498 bfd_boolean literal_p)
8499 {
8500 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *ret;
8501
8502 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
8503 ret->next = orig;
8504 ret->symver = 0;
8505 ret->script = 0;
8506 ret->literal = TRUE;
8507 ret->pattern = literal_p ? new_name : realsymbol (new_name);
8508 if (ret->pattern == NULL)
8509 {
8510 ret->pattern = new_name;
8511 ret->literal = FALSE;
8512 }
8513
8514 if (lang == NULL || strcasecmp (lang, "C") == 0)
8515 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
8516 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "C++") == 0)
8517 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE;
8518 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "Java") == 0)
8519 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE;
8520 else
8521 {
8522 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown language `%s' in version information\n"),
8523 lang);
8524 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
8525 }
8526
8527 return ldemul_new_vers_pattern (ret);
8528 }
8529
8530 /* This is called for each set of variable names and match
8531 expressions. */
8532
8533 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *
8534 lang_new_vers_node (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *globals,
8535 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *locals)
8536 {
8537 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *ret;
8538
8539 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_tree *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *ret);
8540 ret->globals.list = globals;
8541 ret->locals.list = locals;
8542 ret->match = lang_vers_match;
8543 ret->name_indx = (unsigned int) -1;
8544 return ret;
8545 }
8546
8547 /* This static variable keeps track of version indices. */
8548
8549 static int version_index;
8550
8551 static hashval_t
8552 version_expr_head_hash (const void *p)
8553 {
8554 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e =
8555 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p;
8556
8557 return htab_hash_string (e->pattern);
8558 }
8559
8560 static int
8561 version_expr_head_eq (const void *p1, const void *p2)
8562 {
8563 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1 =
8564 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p1;
8565 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2 =
8566 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p2;
8567
8568 return strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0;
8569 }
8570
8571 static void
8572 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head)
8573 {
8574 size_t count = 0;
8575 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e, *next;
8576 struct bfd_elf_version_expr **list_loc, **remaining_loc;
8577
8578 for (e = head->list; e; e = e->next)
8579 {
8580 if (e->literal)
8581 count++;
8582 head->mask |= e->mask;
8583 }
8584
8585 if (count)
8586 {
8587 head->htab = htab_create (count * 2, version_expr_head_hash,
8588 version_expr_head_eq, NULL);
8589 list_loc = &head->list;
8590 remaining_loc = &head->remaining;
8591 for (e = head->list; e; e = next)
8592 {
8593 next = e->next;
8594 if (!e->literal)
8595 {
8596 *remaining_loc = e;
8597 remaining_loc = &e->next;
8598 }
8599 else
8600 {
8601 void **loc = htab_find_slot ((htab_t) head->htab, e, INSERT);
8602
8603 if (*loc)
8604 {
8605 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1, *last;
8606
8607 e1 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) *loc;
8608 last = NULL;
8609 do
8610 {
8611 if (e1->mask == e->mask)
8612 {
8613 last = NULL;
8614 break;
8615 }
8616 last = e1;
8617 e1 = e1->next;
8618 }
8619 while (e1 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e->pattern) == 0);
8620
8621 if (last == NULL)
8622 {
8623 /* This is a duplicate. */
8624 /* FIXME: Memory leak. Sometimes pattern is not
8625 xmalloced alone, but in larger chunk of memory. */
8626 /* free (e->pattern); */
8627 free (e);
8628 }
8629 else
8630 {
8631 e->next = last->next;
8632 last->next = e;
8633 }
8634 }
8635 else
8636 {
8637 *loc = e;
8638 *list_loc = e;
8639 list_loc = &e->next;
8640 }
8641 }
8642 }
8643 *remaining_loc = NULL;
8644 *list_loc = head->remaining;
8645 }
8646 else
8647 head->remaining = head->list;
8648 }
8649
8650 /* This is called when we know the name and dependencies of the
8651 version. */
8652
8653 void
8654 lang_register_vers_node (const char *name,
8655 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *version,
8656 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *deps)
8657 {
8658 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t, **pp;
8659 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1;
8660
8661 if (name == NULL)
8662 name = "";
8663
8664 if (link_info.version_info != NULL
8665 && (name[0] == '\0' || link_info.version_info->name[0] == '\0'))
8666 {
8667 einfo (_("%X%P: anonymous version tag cannot be combined"
8668 " with other version tags\n"));
8669 free (version);
8670 return;
8671 }
8672
8673 /* Make sure this node has a unique name. */
8674 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8675 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
8676 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate version tag `%s'\n"), name);
8677
8678 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->globals);
8679 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->locals);
8680
8681 /* Check the global and local match names, and make sure there
8682 aren't any duplicates. */
8683
8684 for (e1 = version->globals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
8685 {
8686 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8687 {
8688 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
8689
8690 if (t->locals.htab && e1->literal)
8691 {
8692 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8693 htab_find ((htab_t) t->locals.htab, e1);
8694 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
8695 {
8696 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
8697 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8698 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8699 e2 = e2->next;
8700 }
8701 }
8702 else if (!e1->literal)
8703 for (e2 = t->locals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
8704 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
8705 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
8706 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8707 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8708 }
8709 }
8710
8711 for (e1 = version->locals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
8712 {
8713 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8714 {
8715 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
8716
8717 if (t->globals.htab && e1->literal)
8718 {
8719 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8720 htab_find ((htab_t) t->globals.htab, e1);
8721 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
8722 {
8723 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
8724 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8725 " in version information\n"),
8726 e1->pattern);
8727 e2 = e2->next;
8728 }
8729 }
8730 else if (!e1->literal)
8731 for (e2 = t->globals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
8732 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
8733 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
8734 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8735 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8736 }
8737 }
8738
8739 version->deps = deps;
8740 version->name = name;
8741 if (name[0] != '\0')
8742 {
8743 ++version_index;
8744 version->vernum = version_index;
8745 }
8746 else
8747 version->vernum = 0;
8748
8749 for (pp = &link_info.version_info; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
8750 ;
8751 *pp = version;
8752 }
8753
8754 /* This is called when we see a version dependency. */
8755
8756 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *
8757 lang_add_vers_depend (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *list, const char *name)
8758 {
8759 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *ret;
8760 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t;
8761
8762 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
8763 ret->next = list;
8764
8765 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8766 {
8767 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
8768 {
8769 ret->version_needed = t;
8770 return ret;
8771 }
8772 }
8773
8774 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to find version dependency `%s'\n"), name);
8775
8776 ret->version_needed = NULL;
8777 return ret;
8778 }
8779
8780 static void
8781 lang_do_version_exports_section (void)
8782 {
8783 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *greg = NULL, *lreg;
8784
8785 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (is)
8786 {
8787 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (is->the_bfd, ".exports");
8788 char *contents, *p;
8789 bfd_size_type len;
8790
8791 if (sec == NULL)
8792 continue;
8793
8794 len = sec->size;
8795 contents = (char *) xmalloc (len);
8796 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (is->the_bfd, sec, contents, 0, len))
8797 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to read .exports section contents\n"), sec);
8798
8799 p = contents;
8800 while (p < contents + len)
8801 {
8802 greg = lang_new_vers_pattern (greg, p, NULL, FALSE);
8803 p = strchr (p, '\0') + 1;
8804 }
8805
8806 /* Do not free the contents, as we used them creating the regex. */
8807
8808 /* Do not include this section in the link. */
8809 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE | SEC_KEEP;
8810 }
8811
8812 lreg = lang_new_vers_pattern (NULL, "*", NULL, FALSE);
8813 lang_register_vers_node (command_line.version_exports_section,
8814 lang_new_vers_node (greg, lreg), NULL);
8815 }
8816
8817 /* Evaluate LENGTH and ORIGIN parts of MEMORY spec */
8818
8819 static void
8820 lang_do_memory_regions (void)
8821 {
8822 lang_memory_region_type *r = lang_memory_region_list;
8823
8824 for (; r != NULL; r = r->next)
8825 {
8826 if (r->origin_exp)
8827 {
8828 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->origin_exp);
8829 if (expld.result.valid_p)
8830 {
8831 r->origin = expld.result.value;
8832 r->current = r->origin;
8833 }
8834 else
8835 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid origin for memory region %s\n"),
8836 r->name_list.name);
8837 }
8838 if (r->length_exp)
8839 {
8840 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->length_exp);
8841 if (expld.result.valid_p)
8842 r->length = expld.result.value;
8843 else
8844 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid length for memory region %s\n"),
8845 r->name_list.name);
8846 }
8847 }
8848 }
8849
8850 void
8851 lang_add_unique (const char *name)
8852 {
8853 struct unique_sections *ent;
8854
8855 for (ent = unique_section_list; ent; ent = ent->next)
8856 if (strcmp (ent->name, name) == 0)
8857 return;
8858
8859 ent = (struct unique_sections *) xmalloc (sizeof *ent);
8860 ent->name = xstrdup (name);
8861 ent->next = unique_section_list;
8862 unique_section_list = ent;
8863 }
8864
8865 /* Append the list of dynamic symbols to the existing one. */
8866
8867 void
8868 lang_append_dynamic_list (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic)
8869 {
8870 if (link_info.dynamic_list)
8871 {
8872 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *tail;
8873 for (tail = dynamic; tail->next != NULL; tail = tail->next)
8874 ;
8875 tail->next = link_info.dynamic_list->head.list;
8876 link_info.dynamic_list->head.list = dynamic;
8877 }
8878 else
8879 {
8880 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *d;
8881
8882 d = (struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *d);
8883 d->head.list = dynamic;
8884 d->match = lang_vers_match;
8885 link_info.dynamic_list = d;
8886 }
8887 }
8888
8889 /* Append the list of C++ typeinfo dynamic symbols to the existing
8890 one. */
8891
8892 void
8893 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_typeinfo (void)
8894 {
8895 const char *symbols[] =
8896 {
8897 "typeinfo name for*",
8898 "typeinfo for*"
8899 };
8900 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
8901 unsigned int i;
8902
8903 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
8904 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
8905 FALSE);
8906
8907 lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
8908 }
8909
8910 /* Append the list of C++ operator new and delete dynamic symbols to the
8911 existing one. */
8912
8913 void
8914 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_new (void)
8915 {
8916 const char *symbols[] =
8917 {
8918 "operator new*",
8919 "operator delete*"
8920 };
8921 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
8922 unsigned int i;
8923
8924 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
8925 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
8926 FALSE);
8927
8928 lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
8929 }
8930
8931 /* Scan a space and/or comma separated string of features. */
8932
8933 void
8934 lang_ld_feature (char *str)
8935 {
8936 char *p, *q;
8937
8938 p = str;
8939 while (*p)
8940 {
8941 char sep;
8942 while (*p == ',' || ISSPACE (*p))
8943 ++p;
8944 if (!*p)
8945 break;
8946 q = p + 1;
8947 while (*q && *q != ',' && !ISSPACE (*q))
8948 ++q;
8949 sep = *q;
8950 *q = 0;
8951 if (strcasecmp (p, "SANE_EXPR") == 0)
8952 config.sane_expr = TRUE;
8953 else
8954 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown feature `%s'\n"), p);
8955 *q = sep;
8956 p = q;
8957 }
8958 }
8959
8960 /* Pretty print memory amount. */
8961
8962 static void
8963 lang_print_memory_size (bfd_vma sz)
8964 {
8965 if ((sz & 0x3fffffff) == 0)
8966 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u GB", sz >> 30);
8967 else if ((sz & 0xfffff) == 0)
8968 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u MB", sz >> 20);
8969 else if ((sz & 0x3ff) == 0)
8970 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u KB", sz >> 10);
8971 else
8972 printf (" %10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u B", sz);
8973 }
8974
8975 /* Implement --print-memory-usage: disply per region memory usage. */
8976
8977 void
8978 lang_print_memory_usage (void)
8979 {
8980 lang_memory_region_type *r;
8981
8982 printf ("Memory region Used Size Region Size %%age Used\n");
8983 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r->next != NULL; r = r->next)
8984 {
8985 bfd_vma used_length = r->current - r->origin;
8986 double percent;
8987
8988 printf ("%16s: ",r->name_list.name);
8989 lang_print_memory_size (used_length);
8990 lang_print_memory_size ((bfd_vma) r->length);
8991
8992 percent = used_length * 100.0 / r->length;
8993
8994 printf (" %6.2f%%\n", percent);
8995 }
8996 }